mirror of
https://github.com/samba-team/samba.git
synced 2025-01-11 05:18:09 +03:00
7055827b8f
This makes it clearer that we always want to do heimdal changes via the lorikeet-heimdal repository. Signed-off-by: Stefan Metzmacher <metze@samba.org> Reviewed-by: Joseph Sutton <josephsutton@catalyst.net.nz> Autobuild-User(master): Joseph Sutton <jsutton@samba.org> Autobuild-Date(master): Wed Jan 19 21:41:59 UTC 2022 on sn-devel-184
7228 lines
289 KiB
Plaintext
7228 lines
289 KiB
Plaintext
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Network Working Group R. Housley
|
||
Request for Comments: 3280 RSA Laboratories
|
||
Obsoletes: 2459 W. Polk
|
||
Category: Standards Track NIST
|
||
W. Ford
|
||
VeriSign
|
||
D. Solo
|
||
Citigroup
|
||
April 2002
|
||
|
||
Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure
|
||
Certificate and Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile
|
||
|
||
Status of this Memo
|
||
|
||
This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
|
||
Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
|
||
improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
|
||
Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
|
||
and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
|
||
|
||
Copyright Notice
|
||
|
||
Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002). All Rights Reserved.
|
||
|
||
Abstract
|
||
|
||
This memo profiles the X.509 v3 certificate and X.509 v2 Certificate
|
||
Revocation List (CRL) for use in the Internet. An overview of this
|
||
approach and model are provided as an introduction. The X.509 v3
|
||
certificate format is described in detail, with additional
|
||
information regarding the format and semantics of Internet name
|
||
forms. Standard certificate extensions are described and two
|
||
Internet-specific extensions are defined. A set of required
|
||
certificate extensions is specified. The X.509 v2 CRL format is
|
||
described in detail, and required extensions are defined. An
|
||
algorithm for X.509 certification path validation is described. An
|
||
ASN.1 module and examples are provided in the appendices.
|
||
|
||
Table of Contents
|
||
|
||
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
|
||
2 Requirements and Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
|
||
2.1 Communication and Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
|
||
2.2 Acceptability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
|
||
2.3 User Expectations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
|
||
2.4 Administrator Expectations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
|
||
3 Overview of Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 1]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
3.1 X.509 Version 3 Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
|
||
3.2 Certification Paths and Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
|
||
3.3 Revocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
|
||
3.4 Operational Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
|
||
3.5 Management Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
|
||
4 Certificate and Certificate Extensions Profile . . . . . 14
|
||
4.1 Basic Certificate Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
|
||
4.1.1 Certificate Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
|
||
4.1.1.1 tbsCertificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
|
||
4.1.1.2 signatureAlgorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
|
||
4.1.1.3 signatureValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
|
||
4.1.2 TBSCertificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
|
||
4.1.2.1 Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
|
||
4.1.2.2 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
|
||
4.1.2.3 Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
|
||
4.1.2.4 Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
|
||
4.1.2.5 Validity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
|
||
4.1.2.5.1 UTCTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
|
||
4.1.2.5.2 GeneralizedTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
|
||
4.1.2.6 Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
|
||
4.1.2.7 Subject Public Key Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
|
||
4.1.2.8 Unique Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
|
||
4.1.2.9 Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
|
||
4.2 Certificate Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
|
||
4.2.1 Standard Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
|
||
4.2.1.1 Authority Key Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
|
||
4.2.1.2 Subject Key Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
|
||
4.2.1.3 Key Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
|
||
4.2.1.4 Private Key Usage Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
|
||
4.2.1.5 Certificate Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
|
||
4.2.1.6 Policy Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
|
||
4.2.1.7 Subject Alternative Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
|
||
4.2.1.8 Issuer Alternative Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
|
||
4.2.1.9 Subject Directory Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . 36
|
||
4.2.1.10 Basic Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
|
||
4.2.1.11 Name Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
|
||
4.2.1.12 Policy Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
|
||
4.2.1.13 Extended Key Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
|
||
4.2.1.14 CRL Distribution Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
|
||
4.2.1.15 Inhibit Any-Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
|
||
4.2.1.16 Freshest CRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
|
||
4.2.2 Internet Certificate Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . 45
|
||
4.2.2.1 Authority Information Access . . . . . . . . . . . 45
|
||
4.2.2.2 Subject Information Access . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
|
||
5 CRL and CRL Extensions Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
|
||
5.1 CRL Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
|
||
5.1.1 CertificateList Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
|
||
5.1.1.1 tbsCertList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 2]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
5.1.1.2 signatureAlgorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
|
||
5.1.1.3 signatureValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
|
||
5.1.2 Certificate List "To Be Signed" . . . . . . . . . . . 51
|
||
5.1.2.1 Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
|
||
5.1.2.2 Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
|
||
5.1.2.3 Issuer Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
|
||
5.1.2.4 This Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
|
||
5.1.2.5 Next Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
|
||
5.1.2.6 Revoked Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
|
||
5.1.2.7 Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
|
||
5.2 CRL Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
|
||
5.2.1 Authority Key Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
|
||
5.2.2 Issuer Alternative Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
|
||
5.2.3 CRL Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
|
||
5.2.4 Delta CRL Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
|
||
5.2.5 Issuing Distribution Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
|
||
5.2.6 Freshest CRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
|
||
5.3 CRL Entry Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
|
||
5.3.1 Reason Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
|
||
5.3.2 Hold Instruction Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
|
||
5.3.3 Invalidity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
|
||
5.3.4 Certificate Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
|
||
6 Certificate Path Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
|
||
6.1 Basic Path Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
|
||
6.1.1 Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
|
||
6.1.2 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
|
||
6.1.3 Basic Certificate Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
|
||
6.1.4 Preparation for Certificate i+1 . . . . . . . . . . . 75
|
||
6.1.5 Wrap-up procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
|
||
6.1.6 Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
|
||
6.2 Extending Path Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
|
||
6.3 CRL Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
|
||
6.3.1 Revocation Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
|
||
6.3.2 Initialization and Revocation State Variables . . . . 82
|
||
6.3.3 CRL Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
|
||
7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
|
||
8 Intellectual Property Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
|
||
9 Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
|
||
Appendix A. ASN.1 Structures and OIDs . . . . . . . . . . . 92
|
||
A.1 Explicitly Tagged Module, 1988 Syntax . . . . . . . . . 92
|
||
A.2 Implicitly Tagged Module, 1988 Syntax . . . . . . . . . 105
|
||
Appendix B. ASN.1 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
|
||
Appendix C. Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
|
||
C.1 DSA Self-Signed Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
|
||
C.2 End Entity Certificate Using DSA . . . . . . . . . . . 119
|
||
C.3 End Entity Certificate Using RSA . . . . . . . . . . . 122
|
||
C.4 Certificate Revocation List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
|
||
Author Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 3]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Full Copyright Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
|
||
|
||
1 Introduction
|
||
|
||
This specification is one part of a family of standards for the X.509
|
||
Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) for the Internet.
|
||
|
||
This specification profiles the format and semantics of certificates
|
||
and certificate revocation lists (CRLs) for the Internet PKI.
|
||
Procedures are described for processing of certification paths in the
|
||
Internet environment. Finally, ASN.1 modules are provided in the
|
||
appendices for all data structures defined or referenced.
|
||
|
||
Section 2 describes Internet PKI requirements, and the assumptions
|
||
which affect the scope of this document. Section 3 presents an
|
||
architectural model and describes its relationship to previous IETF
|
||
and ISO/IEC/ITU-T standards. In particular, this document's
|
||
relationship with the IETF PEM specifications and the ISO/IEC/ITU-T
|
||
X.509 documents are described.
|
||
|
||
Section 4 profiles the X.509 version 3 certificate, and section 5
|
||
profiles the X.509 version 2 CRL. The profiles include the
|
||
identification of ISO/IEC/ITU-T and ANSI extensions which may be
|
||
useful in the Internet PKI. The profiles are presented in the 1988
|
||
Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) rather than the 1997 ASN.1
|
||
syntax used in the most recent ISO/IEC/ITU-T standards.
|
||
|
||
Section 6 includes certification path validation procedures. These
|
||
procedures are based upon the ISO/IEC/ITU-T definition.
|
||
Implementations are REQUIRED to derive the same results but are not
|
||
required to use the specified procedures.
|
||
|
||
Procedures for identification and encoding of public key materials
|
||
and digital signatures are defined in [PKIXALGS]. Implementations of
|
||
this specification are not required to use any particular
|
||
cryptographic algorithms. However, conforming implementations which
|
||
use the algorithms identified in [PKIXALGS] MUST identify and encode
|
||
the public key materials and digital signatures as described in that
|
||
specification.
|
||
|
||
Finally, three appendices are provided to aid implementers. Appendix
|
||
A contains all ASN.1 structures defined or referenced within this
|
||
specification. As above, the material is presented in the 1988
|
||
ASN.1. Appendix B contains notes on less familiar features of the
|
||
ASN.1 notation used within this specification. Appendix C contains
|
||
examples of a conforming certificate and a conforming CRL.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 4]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
This specification obsoletes RFC 2459. This specification differs
|
||
from RFC 2459 in five basic areas:
|
||
|
||
* To promote interoperable implementations, a detailed algorithm
|
||
for certification path validation is included in section 6.1 of
|
||
this specification; RFC 2459 provided only a high-level
|
||
description of path validation.
|
||
|
||
* An algorithm for determining the status of a certificate using
|
||
CRLs is provided in section 6.3 of this specification. This
|
||
material was not present in RFC 2459.
|
||
|
||
* To accommodate new usage models, detailed information describing
|
||
the use of delta CRLs is provided in Section 5 of this
|
||
specification.
|
||
|
||
* Identification and encoding of public key materials and digital
|
||
signatures are not included in this specification, but are now
|
||
described in a companion specification [PKIXALGS].
|
||
|
||
* Four additional extensions are specified: three certificate
|
||
extensions and one CRL extension. The certificate extensions are
|
||
subject info access, inhibit any-policy, and freshest CRL. The
|
||
freshest CRL extension is also defined as a CRL extension.
|
||
|
||
* Throughout the specification, clarifications have been
|
||
introduced to enhance consistency with the ITU-T X.509
|
||
specification. X.509 defines the certificate and CRL format as
|
||
well as many of the extensions that appear in this specification.
|
||
These changes were introduced to improve the likelihood of
|
||
interoperability between implementations based on this
|
||
specification with implementations based on the ITU-T
|
||
specification.
|
||
|
||
The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
|
||
"SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
|
||
document are to be interpreted as described in RFC 2119.
|
||
|
||
2 Requirements and Assumptions
|
||
|
||
The goal of this specification is to develop a profile to facilitate
|
||
the use of X.509 certificates within Internet applications for those
|
||
communities wishing to make use of X.509 technology. Such
|
||
applications may include WWW, electronic mail, user authentication,
|
||
and IPsec. In order to relieve some of the obstacles to using X.509
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 5]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
certificates, this document defines a profile to promote the
|
||
development of certificate management systems; development of
|
||
application tools; and interoperability determined by policy.
|
||
|
||
Some communities will need to supplement, or possibly replace, this
|
||
profile in order to meet the requirements of specialized application
|
||
domains or environments with additional authorization, assurance, or
|
||
operational requirements. However, for basic applications, common
|
||
representations of frequently used attributes are defined so that
|
||
application developers can obtain necessary information without
|
||
regard to the issuer of a particular certificate or certificate
|
||
revocation list (CRL).
|
||
|
||
A certificate user should review the certificate policy generated by
|
||
the certification authority (CA) before relying on the authentication
|
||
or non-repudiation services associated with the public key in a
|
||
particular certificate. To this end, this standard does not
|
||
prescribe legally binding rules or duties.
|
||
|
||
As supplemental authorization and attribute management tools emerge,
|
||
such as attribute certificates, it may be appropriate to limit the
|
||
authenticated attributes that are included in a certificate. These
|
||
other management tools may provide more appropriate methods of
|
||
conveying many authenticated attributes.
|
||
|
||
2.1 Communication and Topology
|
||
|
||
The users of certificates will operate in a wide range of
|
||
environments with respect to their communication topology, especially
|
||
users of secure electronic mail. This profile supports users without
|
||
high bandwidth, real-time IP connectivity, or high connection
|
||
availability. In addition, the profile allows for the presence of
|
||
firewall or other filtered communication.
|
||
|
||
This profile does not assume the deployment of an X.500 Directory
|
||
system or a LDAP directory system. The profile does not prohibit the
|
||
use of an X.500 Directory or a LDAP directory; however, any means of
|
||
distributing certificates and certificate revocation lists (CRLs) may
|
||
be used.
|
||
|
||
2.2 Acceptability Criteria
|
||
|
||
The goal of the Internet Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) is to meet
|
||
the needs of deterministic, automated identification, authentication,
|
||
access control, and authorization functions. Support for these
|
||
services determines the attributes contained in the certificate as
|
||
well as the ancillary control information in the certificate such as
|
||
policy data and certification path constraints.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 6]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
2.3 User Expectations
|
||
|
||
Users of the Internet PKI are people and processes who use client
|
||
software and are the subjects named in certificates. These uses
|
||
include readers and writers of electronic mail, the clients for WWW
|
||
browsers, WWW servers, and the key manager for IPsec within a router.
|
||
This profile recognizes the limitations of the platforms these users
|
||
employ and the limitations in sophistication and attentiveness of the
|
||
users themselves. This manifests itself in minimal user
|
||
configuration responsibility (e.g., trusted CA keys, rules), explicit
|
||
platform usage constraints within the certificate, certification path
|
||
constraints which shield the user from many malicious actions, and
|
||
applications which sensibly automate validation functions.
|
||
|
||
2.4 Administrator Expectations
|
||
|
||
As with user expectations, the Internet PKI profile is structured to
|
||
support the individuals who generally operate CAs. Providing
|
||
administrators with unbounded choices increases the chances that a
|
||
subtle CA administrator mistake will result in broad compromise.
|
||
Also, unbounded choices greatly complicate the software that process
|
||
and validate the certificates created by the CA.
|
||
|
||
3 Overview of Approach
|
||
|
||
Following is a simplified view of the architectural model assumed by
|
||
the PKIX specifications.
|
||
|
||
The components in this model are:
|
||
|
||
end entity: user of PKI certificates and/or end user system that is
|
||
the subject of a certificate;
|
||
CA: certification authority;
|
||
RA: registration authority, i.e., an optional system to which
|
||
a CA delegates certain management functions;
|
||
CRL issuer: an optional system to which a CA delegates the
|
||
publication of certificate revocation lists;
|
||
repository: a system or collection of distributed systems that stores
|
||
certificates and CRLs and serves as a means of
|
||
distributing these certificates and CRLs to end entities.
|
||
|
||
Note that an Attribute Authority (AA) might also choose to delegate
|
||
the publication of CRLs to a CRL issuer.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 7]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
+---+
|
||
| C | +------------+
|
||
| e | <-------------------->| End entity |
|
||
| r | Operational +------------+
|
||
| t | transactions ^
|
||
| i | and management | Management
|
||
| f | transactions | transactions PKI
|
||
| i | | users
|
||
| c | v
|
||
| a | ======================= +--+------------+ ==============
|
||
| t | ^ ^
|
||
| e | | | PKI
|
||
| | v | management
|
||
| & | +------+ | entities
|
||
| | <---------------------| RA |<----+ |
|
||
| C | Publish certificate +------+ | |
|
||
| R | | |
|
||
| L | | |
|
||
| | v v
|
||
| R | +------------+
|
||
| e | <------------------------------| CA |
|
||
| p | Publish certificate +------------+
|
||
| o | Publish CRL ^ ^
|
||
| s | | | Management
|
||
| i | +------------+ | | transactions
|
||
| t | <--------------| CRL Issuer |<----+ |
|
||
| o | Publish CRL +------------+ v
|
||
| r | +------+
|
||
| y | | CA |
|
||
+---+ +------+
|
||
|
||
Figure 1 - PKI Entities
|
||
|
||
3.1 X.509 Version 3 Certificate
|
||
|
||
Users of a public key require confidence that the associated private
|
||
key is owned by the correct remote subject (person or system) with
|
||
which an encryption or digital signature mechanism will be used.
|
||
This confidence is obtained through the use of public key
|
||
certificates, which are data structures that bind public key values
|
||
to subjects. The binding is asserted by having a trusted CA
|
||
digitally sign each certificate. The CA may base this assertion upon
|
||
technical means (a.k.a., proof of possession through a challenge-
|
||
response protocol), presentation of the private key, or on an
|
||
assertion by the subject. A certificate has a limited valid lifetime
|
||
which is indicated in its signed contents. Because a certificate's
|
||
signature and timeliness can be independently checked by a
|
||
certificate-using client, certificates can be distributed via
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 8]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
untrusted communications and server systems, and can be cached in
|
||
unsecured storage in certificate-using systems.
|
||
|
||
ITU-T X.509 (formerly CCITT X.509) or ISO/IEC 9594-8, which was first
|
||
published in 1988 as part of the X.500 Directory recommendations,
|
||
defines a standard certificate format [X.509]. The certificate
|
||
format in the 1988 standard is called the version 1 (v1) format.
|
||
When X.500 was revised in 1993, two more fields were added, resulting
|
||
in the version 2 (v2) format.
|
||
|
||
The Internet Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) RFCs, published in 1993,
|
||
include specifications for a public key infrastructure based on X.509
|
||
v1 certificates [RFC 1422]. The experience gained in attempts to
|
||
deploy RFC 1422 made it clear that the v1 and v2 certificate formats
|
||
are deficient in several respects. Most importantly, more fields
|
||
were needed to carry information which PEM design and implementation
|
||
experience had proven necessary. In response to these new
|
||
requirements, ISO/IEC, ITU-T and ANSI X9 developed the X.509 version
|
||
3 (v3) certificate format. The v3 format extends the v2 format by
|
||
adding provision for additional extension fields. Particular
|
||
extension field types may be specified in standards or may be defined
|
||
and registered by any organization or community. In June 1996,
|
||
standardization of the basic v3 format was completed [X.509].
|
||
|
||
ISO/IEC, ITU-T, and ANSI X9 have also developed standard extensions
|
||
for use in the v3 extensions field [X.509][X9.55]. These extensions
|
||
can convey such data as additional subject identification
|
||
information, key attribute information, policy information, and
|
||
certification path constraints.
|
||
|
||
However, the ISO/IEC, ITU-T, and ANSI X9 standard extensions are very
|
||
broad in their applicability. In order to develop interoperable
|
||
implementations of X.509 v3 systems for Internet use, it is necessary
|
||
to specify a profile for use of the X.509 v3 extensions tailored for
|
||
the Internet. It is one goal of this document to specify a profile
|
||
for Internet WWW, electronic mail, and IPsec applications.
|
||
Environments with additional requirements may build on this profile
|
||
or may replace it.
|
||
|
||
3.2 Certification Paths and Trust
|
||
|
||
A user of a security service requiring knowledge of a public key
|
||
generally needs to obtain and validate a certificate containing the
|
||
required public key. If the public key user does not already hold an
|
||
assured copy of the public key of the CA that signed the certificate,
|
||
the CA's name, and related information (such as the validity period
|
||
or name constraints), then it might need an additional certificate to
|
||
obtain that public key. In general, a chain of multiple certificates
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 9]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
may be needed, comprising a certificate of the public key owner (the
|
||
end entity) signed by one CA, and zero or more additional
|
||
certificates of CAs signed by other CAs. Such chains, called
|
||
certification paths, are required because a public key user is only
|
||
initialized with a limited number of assured CA public keys.
|
||
|
||
There are different ways in which CAs might be configured in order
|
||
for public key users to be able to find certification paths. For
|
||
PEM, RFC 1422 defined a rigid hierarchical structure of CAs. There
|
||
are three types of PEM certification authority:
|
||
|
||
(a) Internet Policy Registration Authority (IPRA): This
|
||
authority, operated under the auspices of the Internet Society,
|
||
acts as the root of the PEM certification hierarchy at level 1.
|
||
It issues certificates only for the next level of authorities,
|
||
PCAs. All certification paths start with the IPRA.
|
||
|
||
(b) Policy Certification Authorities (PCAs): PCAs are at level 2
|
||
of the hierarchy, each PCA being certified by the IPRA. A PCA
|
||
shall establish and publish a statement of its policy with respect
|
||
to certifying users or subordinate certification authorities.
|
||
Distinct PCAs aim to satisfy different user needs. For example,
|
||
one PCA (an organizational PCA) might support the general
|
||
electronic mail needs of commercial organizations, and another PCA
|
||
(a high-assurance PCA) might have a more stringent policy designed
|
||
for satisfying legally binding digital signature requirements.
|
||
|
||
(c) Certification Authorities (CAs): CAs are at level 3 of the
|
||
hierarchy and can also be at lower levels. Those at level 3 are
|
||
certified by PCAs. CAs represent, for example, particular
|
||
organizations, particular organizational units (e.g., departments,
|
||
groups, sections), or particular geographical areas.
|
||
|
||
RFC 1422 furthermore has a name subordination rule which requires
|
||
that a CA can only issue certificates for entities whose names are
|
||
subordinate (in the X.500 naming tree) to the name of the CA itself.
|
||
The trust associated with a PEM certification path is implied by the
|
||
PCA name. The name subordination rule ensures that CAs below the PCA
|
||
are sensibly constrained as to the set of subordinate entities they
|
||
can certify (e.g., a CA for an organization can only certify entities
|
||
in that organization's name tree). Certificate user systems are able
|
||
to mechanically check that the name subordination rule has been
|
||
followed.
|
||
|
||
The RFC 1422 uses the X.509 v1 certificate formats. The limitations
|
||
of X.509 v1 required imposition of several structural restrictions to
|
||
clearly associate policy information or restrict the utility of
|
||
certificates. These restrictions included:
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 10]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(a) a pure top-down hierarchy, with all certification paths
|
||
starting from IPRA;
|
||
|
||
(b) a naming subordination rule restricting the names of a CA's
|
||
subjects; and
|
||
|
||
(c) use of the PCA concept, which requires knowledge of
|
||
individual PCAs to be built into certificate chain verification
|
||
logic. Knowledge of individual PCAs was required to determine if
|
||
a chain could be accepted.
|
||
|
||
With X.509 v3, most of the requirements addressed by RFC 1422 can be
|
||
addressed using certificate extensions, without a need to restrict
|
||
the CA structures used. In particular, the certificate extensions
|
||
relating to certificate policies obviate the need for PCAs and the
|
||
constraint extensions obviate the need for the name subordination
|
||
rule. As a result, this document supports a more flexible
|
||
architecture, including:
|
||
|
||
(a) Certification paths start with a public key of a CA in a
|
||
user's own domain, or with the public key of the top of a
|
||
hierarchy. Starting with the public key of a CA in a user's own
|
||
domain has certain advantages. In some environments, the local
|
||
domain is the most trusted.
|
||
|
||
(b) Name constraints may be imposed through explicit inclusion of
|
||
a name constraints extension in a certificate, but are not
|
||
required.
|
||
|
||
(c) Policy extensions and policy mappings replace the PCA
|
||
concept, which permits a greater degree of automation. The
|
||
application can determine if the certification path is acceptable
|
||
based on the contents of the certificates instead of a priori
|
||
knowledge of PCAs. This permits automation of certification path
|
||
processing.
|
||
|
||
3.3 Revocation
|
||
|
||
When a certificate is issued, it is expected to be in use for its
|
||
entire validity period. However, various circumstances may cause a
|
||
certificate to become invalid prior to the expiration of the validity
|
||
period. Such circumstances include change of name, change of
|
||
association between subject and CA (e.g., an employee terminates
|
||
employment with an organization), and compromise or suspected
|
||
compromise of the corresponding private key. Under such
|
||
circumstances, the CA needs to revoke the certificate.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 11]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
X.509 defines one method of certificate revocation. This method
|
||
involves each CA periodically issuing a signed data structure called
|
||
a certificate revocation list (CRL). A CRL is a time stamped list
|
||
identifying revoked certificates which is signed by a CA or CRL
|
||
issuer and made freely available in a public repository. Each
|
||
revoked certificate is identified in a CRL by its certificate serial
|
||
number. When a certificate-using system uses a certificate (e.g.,
|
||
for verifying a remote user's digital signature), that system not
|
||
only checks the certificate signature and validity but also acquires
|
||
a suitably-recent CRL and checks that the certificate serial number
|
||
is not on that CRL. The meaning of "suitably-recent" may vary with
|
||
local policy, but it usually means the most recently-issued CRL. A
|
||
new CRL is issued on a regular periodic basis (e.g., hourly, daily,
|
||
or weekly). An entry is added to the CRL as part of the next update
|
||
following notification of revocation. An entry MUST NOT be removed
|
||
from the CRL until it appears on one regularly scheduled CRL issued
|
||
beyond the revoked certificate's validity period.
|
||
|
||
An advantage of this revocation method is that CRLs may be
|
||
distributed by exactly the same means as certificates themselves,
|
||
namely, via untrusted servers and untrusted communications.
|
||
|
||
One limitation of the CRL revocation method, using untrusted
|
||
communications and servers, is that the time granularity of
|
||
revocation is limited to the CRL issue period. For example, if a
|
||
revocation is reported now, that revocation will not be reliably
|
||
notified to certificate-using systems until all currently issued CRLs
|
||
are updated -- this may be up to one hour, one day, or one week
|
||
depending on the frequency that CRLs are issued.
|
||
|
||
As with the X.509 v3 certificate format, in order to facilitate
|
||
interoperable implementations from multiple vendors, the X.509 v2 CRL
|
||
format needs to be profiled for Internet use. It is one goal of this
|
||
document to specify that profile. However, this profile does not
|
||
require the issuance of CRLs. Message formats and protocols
|
||
supporting on-line revocation notification are defined in other PKIX
|
||
specifications. On-line methods of revocation notification may be
|
||
applicable in some environments as an alternative to the X.509 CRL.
|
||
On-line revocation checking may significantly reduce the latency
|
||
between a revocation report and the distribution of the information
|
||
to relying parties. Once the CA accepts a revocation report as
|
||
authentic and valid, any query to the on-line service will correctly
|
||
reflect the certificate validation impacts of the revocation.
|
||
However, these methods impose new security requirements: the
|
||
certificate validator needs to trust the on-line validation service
|
||
while the repository does not need to be trusted.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 12]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
3.4 Operational Protocols
|
||
|
||
Operational protocols are required to deliver certificates and CRLs
|
||
(or status information) to certificate using client systems.
|
||
Provisions are needed for a variety of different means of certificate
|
||
and CRL delivery, including distribution procedures based on LDAP,
|
||
HTTP, FTP, and X.500. Operational protocols supporting these
|
||
functions are defined in other PKIX specifications. These
|
||
specifications may include definitions of message formats and
|
||
procedures for supporting all of the above operational environments,
|
||
including definitions of or references to appropriate MIME content
|
||
types.
|
||
|
||
3.5 Management Protocols
|
||
|
||
Management protocols are required to support on-line interactions
|
||
between PKI user and management entities. For example, a management
|
||
protocol might be used between a CA and a client system with which a
|
||
key pair is associated, or between two CAs which cross-certify each
|
||
other. The set of functions which potentially need to be supported
|
||
by management protocols include:
|
||
|
||
(a) registration: This is the process whereby a user first makes
|
||
itself known to a CA (directly, or through an RA), prior to that
|
||
CA issuing a certificate or certificates for that user.
|
||
|
||
(b) initialization: Before a client system can operate securely
|
||
it is necessary to install key materials which have the
|
||
appropriate relationship with keys stored elsewhere in the
|
||
infrastructure. For example, the client needs to be securely
|
||
initialized with the public key and other assured information of
|
||
the trusted CA(s), to be used in validating certificate paths.
|
||
|
||
Furthermore, a client typically needs to be initialized with its
|
||
own key pair(s).
|
||
|
||
(c) certification: This is the process in which a CA issues a
|
||
certificate for a user's public key, and returns that certificate
|
||
to the user's client system and/or posts that certificate in a
|
||
repository.
|
||
|
||
(d) key pair recovery: As an option, user client key materials
|
||
(e.g., a user's private key used for encryption purposes) may be
|
||
backed up by a CA or a key backup system. If a user needs to
|
||
recover these backed up key materials (e.g., as a result of a
|
||
forgotten password or a lost key chain file), an on-line protocol
|
||
exchange may be needed to support such recovery.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 13]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(e) key pair update: All key pairs need to be updated regularly,
|
||
i.e., replaced with a new key pair, and new certificates issued.
|
||
|
||
(f) revocation request: An authorized person advises a CA of an
|
||
abnormal situation requiring certificate revocation.
|
||
|
||
(g) cross-certification: Two CAs exchange information used in
|
||
establishing a cross-certificate. A cross-certificate is a
|
||
certificate issued by one CA to another CA which contains a CA
|
||
signature key used for issuing certificates.
|
||
|
||
Note that on-line protocols are not the only way of implementing the
|
||
above functions. For all functions there are off-line methods of
|
||
achieving the same result, and this specification does not mandate
|
||
use of on-line protocols. For example, when hardware tokens are
|
||
used, many of the functions may be achieved as part of the physical
|
||
token delivery. Furthermore, some of the above functions may be
|
||
combined into one protocol exchange. In particular, two or more of
|
||
the registration, initialization, and certification functions can be
|
||
combined into one protocol exchange.
|
||
|
||
The PKIX series of specifications defines a set of standard message
|
||
formats supporting the above functions. The protocols for conveying
|
||
these messages in different environments (e.g., e-mail, file
|
||
transfer, and WWW) are described in those specifications.
|
||
|
||
4 Certificate and Certificate Extensions Profile
|
||
|
||
This section presents a profile for public key certificates that will
|
||
foster interoperability and a reusable PKI. This section is based
|
||
upon the X.509 v3 certificate format and the standard certificate
|
||
extensions defined in [X.509]. The ISO/IEC and ITU-T documents use
|
||
the 1997 version of ASN.1; while this document uses the 1988 ASN.1
|
||
syntax, the encoded certificate and standard extensions are
|
||
equivalent. This section also defines private extensions required to
|
||
support a PKI for the Internet community.
|
||
|
||
Certificates may be used in a wide range of applications and
|
||
environments covering a broad spectrum of interoperability goals and
|
||
a broader spectrum of operational and assurance requirements. The
|
||
goal of this document is to establish a common baseline for generic
|
||
applications requiring broad interoperability and limited special
|
||
purpose requirements. In particular, the emphasis will be on
|
||
supporting the use of X.509 v3 certificates for informal Internet
|
||
electronic mail, IPsec, and WWW applications.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 14]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.1 Basic Certificate Fields
|
||
|
||
The X.509 v3 certificate basic syntax is as follows. For signature
|
||
calculation, the data that is to be signed is encoded using the ASN.1
|
||
distinguished encoding rules (DER) [X.690]. ASN.1 DER encoding is a
|
||
tag, length, value encoding system for each element.
|
||
|
||
Certificate ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tbsCertificate TBSCertificate,
|
||
signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
signatureValue BIT STRING }
|
||
|
||
TBSCertificate ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
version [0] EXPLICIT Version DEFAULT v1,
|
||
serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
|
||
signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
issuer Name,
|
||
validity Validity,
|
||
subject Name,
|
||
subjectPublicKeyInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
|
||
issuerUniqueID [1] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- If present, version MUST be v2 or v3
|
||
subjectUniqueID [2] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- If present, version MUST be v2 or v3
|
||
extensions [3] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL
|
||
-- If present, version MUST be v3
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Version ::= INTEGER { v1(0), v2(1), v3(2) }
|
||
|
||
CertificateSerialNumber ::= INTEGER
|
||
|
||
Validity ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
notBefore Time,
|
||
notAfter Time }
|
||
|
||
Time ::= CHOICE {
|
||
utcTime UTCTime,
|
||
generalTime GeneralizedTime }
|
||
|
||
UniqueIdentifier ::= BIT STRING
|
||
|
||
SubjectPublicKeyInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
algorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
subjectPublicKey BIT STRING }
|
||
|
||
Extensions ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Extension
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 15]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Extension ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
extnID OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
critical BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
extnValue OCTET STRING }
|
||
|
||
The following items describe the X.509 v3 certificate for use in the
|
||
Internet.
|
||
|
||
4.1.1 Certificate Fields
|
||
|
||
The Certificate is a SEQUENCE of three required fields. The fields
|
||
are described in detail in the following subsections.
|
||
|
||
4.1.1.1 tbsCertificate
|
||
|
||
The field contains the names of the subject and issuer, a public key
|
||
associated with the subject, a validity period, and other associated
|
||
information. The fields are described in detail in section 4.1.2;
|
||
the tbsCertificate usually includes extensions which are described in
|
||
section 4.2.
|
||
|
||
4.1.1.2 signatureAlgorithm
|
||
|
||
The signatureAlgorithm field contains the identifier for the
|
||
cryptographic algorithm used by the CA to sign this certificate.
|
||
[PKIXALGS] lists supported signature algorithms, but other signature
|
||
algorithms MAY also be supported.
|
||
|
||
An algorithm identifier is defined by the following ASN.1 structure:
|
||
|
||
AlgorithmIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
algorithm OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
parameters ANY DEFINED BY algorithm OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
The algorithm identifier is used to identify a cryptographic
|
||
algorithm. The OBJECT IDENTIFIER component identifies the algorithm
|
||
(such as DSA with SHA-1). The contents of the optional parameters
|
||
field will vary according to the algorithm identified.
|
||
|
||
This field MUST contain the same algorithm identifier as the
|
||
signature field in the sequence tbsCertificate (section 4.1.2.3).
|
||
|
||
4.1.1.3 signatureValue
|
||
|
||
The signatureValue field contains a digital signature computed upon
|
||
the ASN.1 DER encoded tbsCertificate. The ASN.1 DER encoded
|
||
tbsCertificate is used as the input to the signature function. This
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 16]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
signature value is encoded as a BIT STRING and included in the
|
||
signature field. The details of this process are specified for each
|
||
of algorithms listed in [PKIXALGS].
|
||
|
||
By generating this signature, a CA certifies the validity of the
|
||
information in the tbsCertificate field. In particular, the CA
|
||
certifies the binding between the public key material and the subject
|
||
of the certificate.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2 TBSCertificate
|
||
|
||
The sequence TBSCertificate contains information associated with the
|
||
subject of the certificate and the CA who issued it. Every
|
||
TBSCertificate contains the names of the subject and issuer, a public
|
||
key associated with the subject, a validity period, a version number,
|
||
and a serial number; some MAY contain optional unique identifier
|
||
fields. The remainder of this section describes the syntax and
|
||
semantics of these fields. A TBSCertificate usually includes
|
||
extensions. Extensions for the Internet PKI are described in Section
|
||
4.2.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.1 Version
|
||
|
||
This field describes the version of the encoded certificate. When
|
||
extensions are used, as expected in this profile, version MUST be 3
|
||
(value is 2). If no extensions are present, but a UniqueIdentifier
|
||
is present, the version SHOULD be 2 (value is 1); however version MAY
|
||
be 3. If only basic fields are present, the version SHOULD be 1 (the
|
||
value is omitted from the certificate as the default value); however
|
||
the version MAY be 2 or 3.
|
||
|
||
Implementations SHOULD be prepared to accept any version certificate.
|
||
At a minimum, conforming implementations MUST recognize version 3
|
||
certificates.
|
||
|
||
Generation of version 2 certificates is not expected by
|
||
implementations based on this profile.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.2 Serial number
|
||
|
||
The serial number MUST be a positive integer assigned by the CA to
|
||
each certificate. It MUST be unique for each certificate issued by a
|
||
given CA (i.e., the issuer name and serial number identify a unique
|
||
certificate). CAs MUST force the serialNumber to be a non-negative
|
||
integer.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 17]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Given the uniqueness requirements above, serial numbers can be
|
||
expected to contain long integers. Certificate users MUST be able to
|
||
handle serialNumber values up to 20 octets. Conformant CAs MUST NOT
|
||
use serialNumber values longer than 20 octets.
|
||
|
||
Note: Non-conforming CAs may issue certificates with serial numbers
|
||
that are negative, or zero. Certificate users SHOULD be prepared to
|
||
gracefully handle such certificates.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.3 Signature
|
||
|
||
This field contains the algorithm identifier for the algorithm used
|
||
by the CA to sign the certificate.
|
||
|
||
This field MUST contain the same algorithm identifier as the
|
||
signatureAlgorithm field in the sequence Certificate (section
|
||
4.1.1.2). The contents of the optional parameters field will vary
|
||
according to the algorithm identified. [PKIXALGS] lists the
|
||
supported signature algorithms, but other signature algorithms MAY
|
||
also be supported.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.4 Issuer
|
||
|
||
The issuer field identifies the entity who has signed and issued the
|
||
certificate. The issuer field MUST contain a non-empty distinguished
|
||
name (DN). The issuer field is defined as the X.501 type Name
|
||
[X.501]. Name is defined by the following ASN.1 structures:
|
||
|
||
Name ::= CHOICE {
|
||
RDNSequence }
|
||
|
||
RDNSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF RelativeDistinguishedName
|
||
|
||
RelativeDistinguishedName ::=
|
||
SET OF AttributeTypeAndValue
|
||
|
||
AttributeTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type AttributeType,
|
||
value AttributeValue }
|
||
|
||
AttributeType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY AttributeType
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 18]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
DirectoryString ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..MAX)) }
|
||
|
||
The Name describes a hierarchical name composed of attributes, such
|
||
as country name, and corresponding values, such as US. The type of
|
||
the component AttributeValue is determined by the AttributeType; in
|
||
general it will be a DirectoryString.
|
||
|
||
The DirectoryString type is defined as a choice of PrintableString,
|
||
TeletexString, BMPString, UTF8String, and UniversalString. The
|
||
UTF8String encoding [RFC 2279] is the preferred encoding, and all
|
||
certificates issued after December 31, 2003 MUST use the UTF8String
|
||
encoding of DirectoryString (except as noted below). Until that
|
||
date, conforming CAs MUST choose from the following options when
|
||
creating a distinguished name, including their own:
|
||
|
||
(a) if the character set is sufficient, the string MAY be
|
||
represented as a PrintableString;
|
||
|
||
(b) failing (a), if the BMPString character set is sufficient the
|
||
string MAY be represented as a BMPString; and
|
||
|
||
(c) failing (a) and (b), the string MUST be represented as a
|
||
UTF8String. If (a) or (b) is satisfied, the CA MAY still choose
|
||
to represent the string as a UTF8String.
|
||
|
||
Exceptions to the December 31, 2003 UTF8 encoding requirements are as
|
||
follows:
|
||
|
||
(a) CAs MAY issue "name rollover" certificates to support an
|
||
orderly migration to UTF8String encoding. Such certificates would
|
||
include the CA's UTF8String encoded name as issuer and and the old
|
||
name encoding as subject, or vice-versa.
|
||
|
||
(b) As stated in section 4.1.2.6, the subject field MUST be
|
||
populated with a non-empty distinguished name matching the
|
||
contents of the issuer field in all certificates issued by the
|
||
subject CA regardless of encoding.
|
||
|
||
The TeletexString and UniversalString are included for backward
|
||
compatibility, and SHOULD NOT be used for certificates for new
|
||
subjects. However, these types MAY be used in certificates where the
|
||
name was previously established. Certificate users SHOULD be
|
||
prepared to receive certificates with these types.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 19]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
In addition, many legacy implementations support names encoded in the
|
||
ISO 8859-1 character set (Latin1String) [ISO 8859-1] but tag them as
|
||
TeletexString. TeletexString encodes a larger character set than ISO
|
||
8859-1, but it encodes some characters differently. Implementations
|
||
SHOULD be prepared to handle both encodings.
|
||
|
||
As noted above, distinguished names are composed of attributes. This
|
||
specification does not restrict the set of attribute types that may
|
||
appear in names. However, conforming implementations MUST be
|
||
prepared to receive certificates with issuer names containing the set
|
||
of attribute types defined below. This specification RECOMMENDS
|
||
support for additional attribute types.
|
||
|
||
Standard sets of attributes have been defined in the X.500 series of
|
||
specifications [X.520]. Implementations of this specification MUST
|
||
be prepared to receive the following standard attribute types in
|
||
issuer and subject (section 4.1.2.6) names:
|
||
|
||
* country,
|
||
* organization,
|
||
* organizational-unit,
|
||
* distinguished name qualifier,
|
||
* state or province name,
|
||
* common name (e.g., "Susan Housley"), and
|
||
* serial number.
|
||
|
||
In addition, implementations of this specification SHOULD be prepared
|
||
to receive the following standard attribute types in issuer and
|
||
subject names:
|
||
|
||
* locality,
|
||
* title,
|
||
* surname,
|
||
* given name,
|
||
* initials,
|
||
* pseudonym, and
|
||
* generation qualifier (e.g., "Jr.", "3rd", or "IV").
|
||
|
||
The syntax and associated object identifiers (OIDs) for these
|
||
attribute types are provided in the ASN.1 modules in Appendix A.
|
||
|
||
In addition, implementations of this specification MUST be prepared
|
||
to receive the domainComponent attribute, as defined in [RFC 2247].
|
||
The Domain Name System (DNS) provides a hierarchical resource
|
||
labeling system. This attribute provides a convenient mechanism for
|
||
organizations that wish to use DNs that parallel their DNS names.
|
||
This is not a replacement for the dNSName component of the
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 20]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
alternative name field. Implementations are not required to convert
|
||
such names into DNS names. The syntax and associated OID for this
|
||
attribute type is provided in the ASN.1 modules in Appendix A.
|
||
|
||
Certificate users MUST be prepared to process the issuer
|
||
distinguished name and subject distinguished name (section 4.1.2.6)
|
||
fields to perform name chaining for certification path validation
|
||
(section 6). Name chaining is performed by matching the issuer
|
||
distinguished name in one certificate with the subject name in a CA
|
||
certificate.
|
||
|
||
This specification requires only a subset of the name comparison
|
||
functionality specified in the X.500 series of specifications.
|
||
Conforming implementations are REQUIRED to implement the following
|
||
name comparison rules:
|
||
|
||
(a) attribute values encoded in different types (e.g.,
|
||
PrintableString and BMPString) MAY be assumed to represent
|
||
different strings;
|
||
|
||
(b) attribute values in types other than PrintableString are case
|
||
sensitive (this permits matching of attribute values as binary
|
||
objects);
|
||
|
||
(c) attribute values in PrintableString are not case sensitive
|
||
(e.g., "Marianne Swanson" is the same as "MARIANNE SWANSON"); and
|
||
|
||
(d) attribute values in PrintableString are compared after
|
||
removing leading and trailing white space and converting internal
|
||
substrings of one or more consecutive white space characters to a
|
||
single space.
|
||
|
||
These name comparison rules permit a certificate user to validate
|
||
certificates issued using languages or encodings unfamiliar to the
|
||
certificate user.
|
||
|
||
In addition, implementations of this specification MAY use these
|
||
comparison rules to process unfamiliar attribute types for name
|
||
chaining. This allows implementations to process certificates with
|
||
unfamiliar attributes in the issuer name.
|
||
|
||
Note that the comparison rules defined in the X.500 series of
|
||
specifications indicate that the character sets used to encode data
|
||
in distinguished names are irrelevant. The characters themselves are
|
||
compared without regard to encoding. Implementations of this profile
|
||
are permitted to use the comparison algorithm defined in the X.500
|
||
series. Such an implementation will recognize a superset of name
|
||
matches recognized by the algorithm specified above.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 21]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.5 Validity
|
||
|
||
The certificate validity period is the time interval during which the
|
||
CA warrants that it will maintain information about the status of the
|
||
certificate. The field is represented as a SEQUENCE of two dates:
|
||
the date on which the certificate validity period begins (notBefore)
|
||
and the date on which the certificate validity period ends
|
||
(notAfter). Both notBefore and notAfter may be encoded as UTCTime or
|
||
GeneralizedTime.
|
||
|
||
CAs conforming to this profile MUST always encode certificate
|
||
validity dates through the year 2049 as UTCTime; certificate validity
|
||
dates in 2050 or later MUST be encoded as GeneralizedTime.
|
||
|
||
The validity period for a certificate is the period of time from
|
||
notBefore through notAfter, inclusive.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.5.1 UTCTime
|
||
|
||
The universal time type, UTCTime, is a standard ASN.1 type intended
|
||
for representation of dates and time. UTCTime specifies the year
|
||
through the two low order digits and time is specified to the
|
||
precision of one minute or one second. UTCTime includes either Z
|
||
(for Zulu, or Greenwich Mean Time) or a time differential.
|
||
|
||
For the purposes of this profile, UTCTime values MUST be expressed
|
||
Greenwich Mean Time (Zulu) and MUST include seconds (i.e., times are
|
||
YYMMDDHHMMSSZ), even where the number of seconds is zero. Conforming
|
||
systems MUST interpret the year field (YY) as follows:
|
||
|
||
Where YY is greater than or equal to 50, the year SHALL be
|
||
interpreted as 19YY; and
|
||
|
||
Where YY is less than 50, the year SHALL be interpreted as 20YY.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.5.2 GeneralizedTime
|
||
|
||
The generalized time type, GeneralizedTime, is a standard ASN.1 type
|
||
for variable precision representation of time. Optionally, the
|
||
GeneralizedTime field can include a representation of the time
|
||
differential between local and Greenwich Mean Time.
|
||
|
||
For the purposes of this profile, GeneralizedTime values MUST be
|
||
expressed Greenwich Mean Time (Zulu) and MUST include seconds (i.e.,
|
||
times are YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ), even where the number of seconds is zero.
|
||
GeneralizedTime values MUST NOT include fractional seconds.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 22]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.6 Subject
|
||
|
||
The subject field identifies the entity associated with the public
|
||
key stored in the subject public key field. The subject name MAY be
|
||
carried in the subject field and/or the subjectAltName extension. If
|
||
the subject is a CA (e.g., the basic constraints extension, as
|
||
discussed in 4.2.1.10, is present and the value of cA is TRUE), then
|
||
the subject field MUST be populated with a non-empty distinguished
|
||
name matching the contents of the issuer field (section 4.1.2.4) in
|
||
all certificates issued by the subject CA. If the subject is a CRL
|
||
issuer (e.g., the key usage extension, as discussed in 4.2.1.3, is
|
||
present and the value of cRLSign is TRUE) then the subject field MUST
|
||
be populated with a non-empty distinguished name matching the
|
||
contents of the issuer field (section 4.1.2.4) in all CRLs issued by
|
||
the subject CRL issuer. If subject naming information is present
|
||
only in the subjectAltName extension (e.g., a key bound only to an
|
||
email address or URI), then the subject name MUST be an empty
|
||
sequence and the subjectAltName extension MUST be critical.
|
||
|
||
Where it is non-empty, the subject field MUST contain an X.500
|
||
distinguished name (DN). The DN MUST be unique for each subject
|
||
entity certified by the one CA as defined by the issuer name field.
|
||
A CA MAY issue more than one certificate with the same DN to the same
|
||
subject entity.
|
||
|
||
The subject name field is defined as the X.501 type Name.
|
||
Implementation requirements for this field are those defined for the
|
||
issuer field (section 4.1.2.4). When encoding attribute values of
|
||
type DirectoryString, the encoding rules for the issuer field MUST be
|
||
implemented. Implementations of this specification MUST be prepared
|
||
to receive subject names containing the attribute types required for
|
||
the issuer field. Implementations of this specification SHOULD be
|
||
prepared to receive subject names containing the recommended
|
||
attribute types for the issuer field. The syntax and associated
|
||
object identifiers (OIDs) for these attribute types are provided in
|
||
the ASN.1 modules in Appendix A. Implementations of this
|
||
specification MAY use these comparison rules to process unfamiliar
|
||
attribute types (i.e., for name chaining). This allows
|
||
implementations to process certificates with unfamiliar attributes in
|
||
the subject name.
|
||
|
||
In addition, legacy implementations exist where an RFC 822 name is
|
||
embedded in the subject distinguished name as an EmailAddress
|
||
attribute. The attribute value for EmailAddress is of type IA5String
|
||
to permit inclusion of the character '@', which is not part of the
|
||
PrintableString character set. EmailAddress attribute values are not
|
||
case sensitive (e.g., "fanfeedback@redsox.com" is the same as
|
||
"FANFEEDBACK@REDSOX.COM").
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 23]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Conforming implementations generating new certificates with
|
||
electronic mail addresses MUST use the rfc822Name in the subject
|
||
alternative name field (section 4.2.1.7) to describe such identities.
|
||
Simultaneous inclusion of the EmailAddress attribute in the subject
|
||
distinguished name to support legacy implementations is deprecated
|
||
but permitted.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.7 Subject Public Key Info
|
||
|
||
This field is used to carry the public key and identify the algorithm
|
||
with which the key is used (e.g., RSA, DSA, or Diffie-Hellman). The
|
||
algorithm is identified using the AlgorithmIdentifier structure
|
||
specified in section 4.1.1.2. The object identifiers for the
|
||
supported algorithms and the methods for encoding the public key
|
||
materials (public key and parameters) are specified in [PKIXALGS].
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.8 Unique Identifiers
|
||
|
||
These fields MUST only appear if the version is 2 or 3 (section
|
||
4.1.2.1). These fields MUST NOT appear if the version is 1. The
|
||
subject and issuer unique identifiers are present in the certificate
|
||
to handle the possibility of reuse of subject and/or issuer names
|
||
over time. This profile RECOMMENDS that names not be reused for
|
||
different entities and that Internet certificates not make use of
|
||
unique identifiers. CAs conforming to this profile SHOULD NOT
|
||
generate certificates with unique identifiers. Applications
|
||
conforming to this profile SHOULD be capable of parsing unique
|
||
identifiers.
|
||
|
||
4.1.2.9 Extensions
|
||
|
||
This field MUST only appear if the version is 3 (section 4.1.2.1).
|
||
If present, this field is a SEQUENCE of one or more certificate
|
||
extensions. The format and content of certificate extensions in the
|
||
Internet PKI is defined in section 4.2.
|
||
|
||
4.2 Certificate Extensions
|
||
|
||
The extensions defined for X.509 v3 certificates provide methods for
|
||
associating additional attributes with users or public keys and for
|
||
managing a certification hierarchy. The X.509 v3 certificate format
|
||
also allows communities to define private extensions to carry
|
||
information unique to those communities. Each extension in a
|
||
certificate is designated as either critical or non-critical. A
|
||
certificate using system MUST reject the certificate if it encounters
|
||
a critical extension it does not recognize; however, a non-critical
|
||
extension MAY be ignored if it is not recognized. The following
|
||
sections present recommended extensions used within Internet
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 24]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
certificates and standard locations for information. Communities may
|
||
elect to use additional extensions; however, caution ought to be
|
||
exercised in adopting any critical extensions in certificates which
|
||
might prevent use in a general context.
|
||
|
||
Each extension includes an OID and an ASN.1 structure. When an
|
||
extension appears in a certificate, the OID appears as the field
|
||
extnID and the corresponding ASN.1 encoded structure is the value of
|
||
the octet string extnValue. A certificate MUST NOT include more than
|
||
one instance of a particular extension. For example, a certificate
|
||
may contain only one authority key identifier extension (section
|
||
4.2.1.1). An extension includes the boolean critical, with a default
|
||
value of FALSE. The text for each extension specifies the acceptable
|
||
values for the critical field.
|
||
|
||
Conforming CAs MUST support key identifiers (sections 4.2.1.1 and
|
||
4.2.1.2), basic constraints (section 4.2.1.10), key usage (section
|
||
4.2.1.3), and certificate policies (section 4.2.1.5) extensions. If
|
||
the CA issues certificates with an empty sequence for the subject
|
||
field, the CA MUST support the subject alternative name extension
|
||
(section 4.2.1.7). Support for the remaining extensions is OPTIONAL.
|
||
Conforming CAs MAY support extensions that are not identified within
|
||
this specification; certificate issuers are cautioned that marking
|
||
such extensions as critical may inhibit interoperability.
|
||
|
||
At a minimum, applications conforming to this profile MUST recognize
|
||
the following extensions: key usage (section 4.2.1.3), certificate
|
||
policies (section 4.2.1.5), the subject alternative name (section
|
||
4.2.1.7), basic constraints (section 4.2.1.10), name constraints
|
||
(section 4.2.1.11), policy constraints (section 4.2.1.12), extended
|
||
key usage (section 4.2.1.13), and inhibit any-policy (section
|
||
4.2.1.15).
|
||
|
||
In addition, applications conforming to this profile SHOULD recognize
|
||
the authority and subject key identifier (sections 4.2.1.1 and
|
||
4.2.1.2), and policy mapping (section 4.2.1.6) extensions.
|
||
|
||
4.2.1 Standard Extensions
|
||
|
||
This section identifies standard certificate extensions defined in
|
||
[X.509] for use in the Internet PKI. Each extension is associated
|
||
with an OID defined in [X.509]. These OIDs are members of the id-ce
|
||
arc, which is defined by the following:
|
||
|
||
id-ce OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 29 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 25]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.1 Authority Key Identifier
|
||
|
||
The authority key identifier extension provides a means of
|
||
identifying the public key corresponding to the private key used to
|
||
sign a certificate. This extension is used where an issuer has
|
||
multiple signing keys (either due to multiple concurrent key pairs or
|
||
due to changeover). The identification MAY be based on either the
|
||
key identifier (the subject key identifier in the issuer's
|
||
certificate) or on the issuer name and serial number.
|
||
|
||
The keyIdentifier field of the authorityKeyIdentifier extension MUST
|
||
be included in all certificates generated by conforming CAs to
|
||
facilitate certification path construction. There is one exception;
|
||
where a CA distributes its public key in the form of a "self-signed"
|
||
certificate, the authority key identifier MAY be omitted. The
|
||
signature on a self-signed certificate is generated with the private
|
||
key associated with the certificate's subject public key. (This
|
||
proves that the issuer possesses both the public and private keys.)
|
||
In this case, the subject and authority key identifiers would be
|
||
identical, but only the subject key identifier is needed for
|
||
certification path building.
|
||
|
||
The value of the keyIdentifier field SHOULD be derived from the
|
||
public key used to verify the certificate's signature or a method
|
||
that generates unique values. Two common methods for generating key
|
||
identifiers from the public key, and one common method for generating
|
||
unique values, are described in section 4.2.1.2. Where a key
|
||
identifier has not been previously established, this specification
|
||
RECOMMENDS use of one of these methods for generating keyIdentifiers.
|
||
Where a key identifier has been previously established, the CA SHOULD
|
||
use the previously established identifier.
|
||
|
||
This profile RECOMMENDS support for the key identifier method by all
|
||
certificate users.
|
||
|
||
This extension MUST NOT be marked critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-authorityKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 35 }
|
||
|
||
AuthorityKeyIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
keyIdentifier [0] KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
authorityCertIssuer [1] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
|
||
authorityCertSerialNumber [2] CertificateSerialNumber OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
KeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 26]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.2 Subject Key Identifier
|
||
|
||
The subject key identifier extension provides a means of identifying
|
||
certificates that contain a particular public key.
|
||
|
||
To facilitate certification path construction, this extension MUST
|
||
appear in all conforming CA certificates, that is, all certificates
|
||
including the basic constraints extension (section 4.2.1.10) where
|
||
the value of cA is TRUE. The value of the subject key identifier
|
||
MUST be the value placed in the key identifier field of the Authority
|
||
Key Identifier extension (section 4.2.1.1) of certificates issued by
|
||
the subject of this certificate.
|
||
|
||
For CA certificates, subject key identifiers SHOULD be derived from
|
||
the public key or a method that generates unique values. Two common
|
||
methods for generating key identifiers from the public key are:
|
||
|
||
(1) The keyIdentifier is composed of the 160-bit SHA-1 hash of the
|
||
value of the BIT STRING subjectPublicKey (excluding the tag,
|
||
length, and number of unused bits).
|
||
|
||
(2) The keyIdentifier is composed of a four bit type field with
|
||
the value 0100 followed by the least significant 60 bits of the
|
||
SHA-1 hash of the value of the BIT STRING subjectPublicKey
|
||
(excluding the tag, length, and number of unused bit string bits).
|
||
|
||
One common method for generating unique values is a monotonically
|
||
increasing sequence of integers.
|
||
|
||
For end entity certificates, the subject key identifier extension
|
||
provides a means for identifying certificates containing the
|
||
particular public key used in an application. Where an end entity
|
||
has obtained multiple certificates, especially from multiple CAs, the
|
||
subject key identifier provides a means to quickly identify the set
|
||
of certificates containing a particular public key. To assist
|
||
applications in identifying the appropriate end entity certificate,
|
||
this extension SHOULD be included in all end entity certificates.
|
||
|
||
For end entity certificates, subject key identifiers SHOULD be
|
||
derived from the public key. Two common methods for generating key
|
||
identifiers from the public key are identified above.
|
||
|
||
Where a key identifier has not been previously established, this
|
||
specification RECOMMENDS use of one of these methods for generating
|
||
keyIdentifiers. Where a key identifier has been previously
|
||
established, the CA SHOULD use the previously established identifier.
|
||
|
||
This extension MUST NOT be marked critical.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 27]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
id-ce-subjectKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 14 }
|
||
|
||
SubjectKeyIdentifier ::= KeyIdentifier
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.3 Key Usage
|
||
|
||
The key usage extension defines the purpose (e.g., encipherment,
|
||
signature, certificate signing) of the key contained in the
|
||
certificate. The usage restriction might be employed when a key that
|
||
could be used for more than one operation is to be restricted. For
|
||
example, when an RSA key should be used only to verify signatures on
|
||
objects other than public key certificates and CRLs, the
|
||
digitalSignature and/or nonRepudiation bits would be asserted.
|
||
Likewise, when an RSA key should be used only for key management, the
|
||
keyEncipherment bit would be asserted.
|
||
|
||
This extension MUST appear in certificates that contain public keys
|
||
that are used to validate digital signatures on other public key
|
||
certificates or CRLs. When this extension appears, it SHOULD be
|
||
marked critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 15 }
|
||
|
||
KeyUsage ::= BIT STRING {
|
||
digitalSignature (0),
|
||
nonRepudiation (1),
|
||
keyEncipherment (2),
|
||
dataEncipherment (3),
|
||
keyAgreement (4),
|
||
keyCertSign (5),
|
||
cRLSign (6),
|
||
encipherOnly (7),
|
||
decipherOnly (8) }
|
||
|
||
Bits in the KeyUsage type are used as follows:
|
||
|
||
The digitalSignature bit is asserted when the subject public key
|
||
is used with a digital signature mechanism to support security
|
||
services other than certificate signing (bit 5), or CRL signing
|
||
(bit 6). Digital signature mechanisms are often used for entity
|
||
authentication and data origin authentication with integrity.
|
||
|
||
The nonRepudiation bit is asserted when the subject public key is
|
||
used to verify digital signatures used to provide a non-
|
||
repudiation service which protects against the signing entity
|
||
falsely denying some action, excluding certificate or CRL signing.
|
||
In the case of later conflict, a reliable third party may
|
||
determine the authenticity of the signed data.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 28]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Further distinctions between the digitalSignature and
|
||
nonRepudiation bits may be provided in specific certificate
|
||
policies.
|
||
|
||
The keyEncipherment bit is asserted when the subject public key is
|
||
used for key transport. For example, when an RSA key is to be
|
||
used for key management, then this bit is set.
|
||
|
||
The dataEncipherment bit is asserted when the subject public key
|
||
is used for enciphering user data, other than cryptographic keys.
|
||
|
||
The keyAgreement bit is asserted when the subject public key is
|
||
used for key agreement. For example, when a Diffie-Hellman key is
|
||
to be used for key management, then this bit is set.
|
||
|
||
The keyCertSign bit is asserted when the subject public key is
|
||
used for verifying a signature on public key certificates. If the
|
||
keyCertSign bit is asserted, then the cA bit in the basic
|
||
constraints extension (section 4.2.1.10) MUST also be asserted.
|
||
|
||
The cRLSign bit is asserted when the subject public key is used
|
||
for verifying a signature on certificate revocation list (e.g., a
|
||
CRL, delta CRL, or an ARL). This bit MUST be asserted in
|
||
certificates that are used to verify signatures on CRLs.
|
||
|
||
The meaning of the encipherOnly bit is undefined in the absence of
|
||
the keyAgreement bit. When the encipherOnly bit is asserted and
|
||
the keyAgreement bit is also set, the subject public key may be
|
||
used only for enciphering data while performing key agreement.
|
||
|
||
The meaning of the decipherOnly bit is undefined in the absence of
|
||
the keyAgreement bit. When the decipherOnly bit is asserted and
|
||
the keyAgreement bit is also set, the subject public key may be
|
||
used only for deciphering data while performing key agreement.
|
||
|
||
This profile does not restrict the combinations of bits that may be
|
||
set in an instantiation of the keyUsage extension. However,
|
||
appropriate values for keyUsage extensions for particular algorithms
|
||
are specified in [PKIXALGS].
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.4 Private Key Usage Period
|
||
|
||
This extension SHOULD NOT be used within the Internet PKI. CAs
|
||
conforming to this profile MUST NOT generate certificates that
|
||
include a critical private key usage period extension.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 29]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The private key usage period extension allows the certificate issuer
|
||
to specify a different validity period for the private key than the
|
||
certificate. This extension is intended for use with digital
|
||
signature keys. This extension consists of two optional components,
|
||
notBefore and notAfter. The private key associated with the
|
||
certificate SHOULD NOT be used to sign objects before or after the
|
||
times specified by the two components, respectively. CAs conforming
|
||
to this profile MUST NOT generate certificates with private key usage
|
||
period extensions unless at least one of the two components is
|
||
present and the extension is non-critical.
|
||
|
||
Where used, notBefore and notAfter are represented as GeneralizedTime
|
||
and MUST be specified and interpreted as defined in section
|
||
4.1.2.5.2.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-privateKeyUsagePeriod OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 16 }
|
||
|
||
PrivateKeyUsagePeriod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
notBefore [0] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
|
||
notAfter [1] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.5 Certificate Policies
|
||
|
||
The certificate policies extension contains a sequence of one or more
|
||
policy information terms, each of which consists of an object
|
||
identifier (OID) and optional qualifiers. Optional qualifiers, which
|
||
MAY be present, are not expected to change the definition of the
|
||
policy.
|
||
|
||
In an end entity certificate, these policy information terms indicate
|
||
the policy under which the certificate has been issued and the
|
||
purposes for which the certificate may be used. In a CA certificate,
|
||
these policy information terms limit the set of policies for
|
||
certification paths which include this certificate. When a CA does
|
||
not wish to limit the set of policies for certification paths which
|
||
include this certificate, it MAY assert the special policy anyPolicy,
|
||
with a value of { 2 5 29 32 0 }.
|
||
|
||
Applications with specific policy requirements are expected to have a
|
||
list of those policies which they will accept and to compare the
|
||
policy OIDs in the certificate to that list. If this extension is
|
||
critical, the path validation software MUST be able to interpret this
|
||
extension (including the optional qualifier), or MUST reject the
|
||
certificate.
|
||
|
||
To promote interoperability, this profile RECOMMENDS that policy
|
||
information terms consist of only an OID. Where an OID alone is
|
||
insufficient, this profile strongly recommends that use of qualifiers
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 30]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
be limited to those identified in this section. When qualifiers are
|
||
used with the special policy anyPolicy, they MUST be limited to the
|
||
qualifiers identified in this section.
|
||
|
||
This specification defines two policy qualifier types for use by
|
||
certificate policy writers and certificate issuers. The qualifier
|
||
types are the CPS Pointer and User Notice qualifiers.
|
||
|
||
The CPS Pointer qualifier contains a pointer to a Certification
|
||
Practice Statement (CPS) published by the CA. The pointer is in the
|
||
form of a URI. Processing requirements for this qualifier are a
|
||
local matter. No action is mandated by this specification regardless
|
||
of the criticality value asserted for the extension.
|
||
|
||
User notice is intended for display to a relying party when a
|
||
certificate is used. The application software SHOULD display all
|
||
user notices in all certificates of the certification path used,
|
||
except that if a notice is duplicated only one copy need be
|
||
displayed. To prevent such duplication, this qualifier SHOULD only
|
||
be present in end entity certificates and CA certificates issued to
|
||
other organizations.
|
||
|
||
The user notice has two optional fields: the noticeRef field and the
|
||
explicitText field.
|
||
|
||
The noticeRef field, if used, names an organization and
|
||
identifies, by number, a particular textual statement prepared by
|
||
that organization. For example, it might identify the
|
||
organization "CertsRUs" and notice number 1. In a typical
|
||
implementation, the application software will have a notice file
|
||
containing the current set of notices for CertsRUs; the
|
||
application will extract the notice text from the file and display
|
||
it. Messages MAY be multilingual, allowing the software to select
|
||
the particular language message for its own environment.
|
||
|
||
An explicitText field includes the textual statement directly in
|
||
the certificate. The explicitText field is a string with a
|
||
maximum size of 200 characters.
|
||
|
||
If both the noticeRef and explicitText options are included in the
|
||
one qualifier and if the application software can locate the notice
|
||
text indicated by the noticeRef option, then that text SHOULD be
|
||
displayed; otherwise, the explicitText string SHOULD be displayed.
|
||
|
||
Note: While the explicitText has a maximum size of 200 characters,
|
||
some non-conforming CAs exceed this limit. Therefore, certificate
|
||
users SHOULD gracefully handle explicitText with more than 200
|
||
characters.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 31]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
id-ce-certificatePolicies OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 32 }
|
||
|
||
anyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-certificate-policies 0 }
|
||
|
||
certificatePolicies ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF PolicyInformation
|
||
|
||
PolicyInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
policyIdentifier CertPolicyId,
|
||
policyQualifiers SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
|
||
PolicyQualifierInfo OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
CertPolicyId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
PolicyQualifierInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
policyQualifierId PolicyQualifierId,
|
||
qualifier ANY DEFINED BY policyQualifierId }
|
||
|
||
-- policyQualifierIds for Internet policy qualifiers
|
||
|
||
id-qt OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 2 }
|
||
id-qt-cps OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-qt 1 }
|
||
id-qt-unotice OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-qt 2 }
|
||
|
||
PolicyQualifierId ::=
|
||
OBJECT IDENTIFIER ( id-qt-cps | id-qt-unotice )
|
||
|
||
Qualifier ::= CHOICE {
|
||
cPSuri CPSuri,
|
||
userNotice UserNotice }
|
||
|
||
CPSuri ::= IA5String
|
||
|
||
UserNotice ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
noticeRef NoticeReference OPTIONAL,
|
||
explicitText DisplayText OPTIONAL}
|
||
|
||
NoticeReference ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
organization DisplayText,
|
||
noticeNumbers SEQUENCE OF INTEGER }
|
||
|
||
DisplayText ::= CHOICE {
|
||
ia5String IA5String (SIZE (1..200)),
|
||
visibleString VisibleString (SIZE (1..200)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..200)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..200)) }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 32]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.6 Policy Mappings
|
||
|
||
This extension is used in CA certificates. It lists one or more
|
||
pairs of OIDs; each pair includes an issuerDomainPolicy and a
|
||
subjectDomainPolicy. The pairing indicates the issuing CA considers
|
||
its issuerDomainPolicy equivalent to the subject CA's
|
||
subjectDomainPolicy.
|
||
|
||
The issuing CA's users might accept an issuerDomainPolicy for certain
|
||
applications. The policy mapping defines the list of policies
|
||
associated with the subject CA that may be accepted as comparable to
|
||
the issuerDomainPolicy.
|
||
|
||
Each issuerDomainPolicy named in the policy mapping extension SHOULD
|
||
also be asserted in a certificate policies extension in the same
|
||
certificate. Policies SHOULD NOT be mapped either to or from the
|
||
special value anyPolicy (section 4.2.1.5).
|
||
|
||
This extension MAY be supported by CAs and/or applications, and it
|
||
MUST be non-critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-policyMappings OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 33 }
|
||
|
||
PolicyMappings ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF SEQUENCE {
|
||
issuerDomainPolicy CertPolicyId,
|
||
subjectDomainPolicy CertPolicyId }
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.7 Subject Alternative Name
|
||
|
||
The subject alternative names extension allows additional identities
|
||
to be bound to the subject of the certificate. Defined options
|
||
include an Internet electronic mail address, a DNS name, an IP
|
||
address, and a uniform resource identifier (URI). Other options
|
||
exist, including completely local definitions. Multiple name forms,
|
||
and multiple instances of each name form, MAY be included. Whenever
|
||
such identities are to be bound into a certificate, the subject
|
||
alternative name (or issuer alternative name) extension MUST be used;
|
||
however, a DNS name MAY be represented in the subject field using the
|
||
domainComponent attribute as described in section 4.1.2.4.
|
||
|
||
Because the subject alternative name is considered to be definitively
|
||
bound to the public key, all parts of the subject alternative name
|
||
MUST be verified by the CA.
|
||
|
||
Further, if the only subject identity included in the certificate is
|
||
an alternative name form (e.g., an electronic mail address), then the
|
||
subject distinguished name MUST be empty (an empty sequence), and the
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 33]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
subjectAltName extension MUST be present. If the subject field
|
||
contains an empty sequence, the subjectAltName extension MUST be
|
||
marked critical.
|
||
|
||
When the subjectAltName extension contains an Internet mail address,
|
||
the address MUST be included as an rfc822Name. The format of an
|
||
rfc822Name is an "addr-spec" as defined in RFC 822 [RFC 822]. An
|
||
addr-spec has the form "local-part@domain". Note that an addr-spec
|
||
has no phrase (such as a common name) before it, has no comment (text
|
||
surrounded in parentheses) after it, and is not surrounded by "<" and
|
||
">". Note that while upper and lower case letters are allowed in an
|
||
RFC 822 addr-spec, no significance is attached to the case.
|
||
|
||
When the subjectAltName extension contains a iPAddress, the address
|
||
MUST be stored in the octet string in "network byte order," as
|
||
specified in RFC 791 [RFC 791]. The least significant bit (LSB) of
|
||
each octet is the LSB of the corresponding byte in the network
|
||
address. For IP Version 4, as specified in RFC 791, the octet string
|
||
MUST contain exactly four octets. For IP Version 6, as specified in
|
||
RFC 1883, the octet string MUST contain exactly sixteen octets [RFC
|
||
1883].
|
||
|
||
When the subjectAltName extension contains a domain name system
|
||
label, the domain name MUST be stored in the dNSName (an IA5String).
|
||
The name MUST be in the "preferred name syntax," as specified by RFC
|
||
1034 [RFC 1034]. Note that while upper and lower case letters are
|
||
allowed in domain names, no signifigance is attached to the case. In
|
||
addition, while the string " " is a legal domain name, subjectAltName
|
||
extensions with a dNSName of " " MUST NOT be used. Finally, the use
|
||
of the DNS representation for Internet mail addresses (wpolk.nist.gov
|
||
instead of wpolk@nist.gov) MUST NOT be used; such identities are to
|
||
be encoded as rfc822Name.
|
||
|
||
Note: work is currently underway to specify domain names in
|
||
international character sets. Such names will likely not be
|
||
accommodated by IA5String. Once this work is complete, this profile
|
||
will be revisited and the appropriate functionality will be added.
|
||
|
||
When the subjectAltName extension contains a URI, the name MUST be
|
||
stored in the uniformResourceIdentifier (an IA5String). The name
|
||
MUST NOT be a relative URL, and it MUST follow the URL syntax and
|
||
encoding rules specified in [RFC 1738]. The name MUST include both a
|
||
scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part. The
|
||
scheme-specific-part MUST include a fully qualified domain name or IP
|
||
address as the host.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 34]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
As specified in [RFC 1738], the scheme name is not case-sensitive
|
||
(e.g., "http" is equivalent to "HTTP"). The host part is also not
|
||
case-sensitive, but other components of the scheme-specific-part may
|
||
be case-sensitive. When comparing URIs, conforming implementations
|
||
MUST compare the scheme and host without regard to case, but assume
|
||
the remainder of the scheme-specific-part is case sensitive.
|
||
|
||
When the subjectAltName extension contains a DN in the directoryName,
|
||
the DN MUST be unique for each subject entity certified by the one CA
|
||
as defined by the issuer name field. A CA MAY issue more than one
|
||
certificate with the same DN to the same subject entity.
|
||
|
||
The subjectAltName MAY carry additional name types through the use of
|
||
the otherName field. The format and semantics of the name are
|
||
indicated through the OBJECT IDENTIFIER in the type-id field. The
|
||
name itself is conveyed as value field in otherName. For example,
|
||
Kerberos [RFC 1510] format names can be encoded into the otherName,
|
||
using using a Kerberos 5 principal name OID and a SEQUENCE of the
|
||
Realm and the PrincipalName.
|
||
|
||
Subject alternative names MAY be constrained in the same manner as
|
||
subject distinguished names using the name constraints extension as
|
||
described in section 4.2.1.11.
|
||
|
||
If the subjectAltName extension is present, the sequence MUST contain
|
||
at least one entry. Unlike the subject field, conforming CAs MUST
|
||
NOT issue certificates with subjectAltNames containing empty
|
||
GeneralName fields. For example, an rfc822Name is represented as an
|
||
IA5String. While an empty string is a valid IA5String, such an
|
||
rfc822Name is not permitted by this profile. The behavior of clients
|
||
that encounter such a certificate when processing a certificication
|
||
path is not defined by this profile.
|
||
|
||
Finally, the semantics of subject alternative names that include
|
||
wildcard characters (e.g., as a placeholder for a set of names) are
|
||
not addressed by this specification. Applications with specific
|
||
requirements MAY use such names, but they must define the semantics.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-subjectAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 17 }
|
||
|
||
SubjectAltName ::= GeneralNames
|
||
|
||
GeneralNames ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF GeneralName
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 35]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
GeneralName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
otherName [0] OtherName,
|
||
rfc822Name [1] IA5String,
|
||
dNSName [2] IA5String,
|
||
x400Address [3] ORAddress,
|
||
directoryName [4] Name,
|
||
ediPartyName [5] EDIPartyName,
|
||
uniformResourceIdentifier [6] IA5String,
|
||
iPAddress [7] OCTET STRING,
|
||
registeredID [8] OBJECT IDENTIFIER }
|
||
|
||
OtherName ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type-id OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
value [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY type-id }
|
||
|
||
EDIPartyName ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
nameAssigner [0] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
|
||
partyName [1] DirectoryString }
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.8 Issuer Alternative Names
|
||
|
||
As with 4.2.1.7, this extension is used to associate Internet style
|
||
identities with the certificate issuer. Issuer alternative names
|
||
MUST be encoded as in 4.2.1.7.
|
||
|
||
Where present, this extension SHOULD NOT be marked critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-issuerAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 18 }
|
||
|
||
IssuerAltName ::= GeneralNames
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.9 Subject Directory Attributes
|
||
|
||
The subject directory attributes extension is used to convey
|
||
identification attributes (e.g., nationality) of the subject. The
|
||
extension is defined as a sequence of one or more attributes. This
|
||
extension MUST be non-critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-subjectDirectoryAttributes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 9 }
|
||
|
||
SubjectDirectoryAttributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.10 Basic Constraints
|
||
|
||
The basic constraints extension identifies whether the subject of the
|
||
certificate is a CA and the maximum depth of valid certification
|
||
paths that include this certificate.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 36]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The cA boolean indicates whether the certified public key belongs to
|
||
a CA. If the cA boolean is not asserted, then the keyCertSign bit in
|
||
the key usage extension MUST NOT be asserted.
|
||
|
||
The pathLenConstraint field is meaningful only if the cA boolean is
|
||
asserted and the key usage extension asserts the keyCertSign bit
|
||
(section 4.2.1.3). In this case, it gives the maximum number of non-
|
||
self-issued intermediate certificates that may follow this
|
||
certificate in a valid certification path. A certificate is self-
|
||
issued if the DNs that appear in the subject and issuer fields are
|
||
identical and are not empty. (Note: The last certificate in the
|
||
certification path is not an intermediate certificate, and is not
|
||
included in this limit. Usually, the last certificate is an end
|
||
entity certificate, but it can be a CA certificate.) A
|
||
pathLenConstraint of zero indicates that only one more certificate
|
||
may follow in a valid certification path. Where it appears, the
|
||
pathLenConstraint field MUST be greater than or equal to zero. Where
|
||
pathLenConstraint does not appear, no limit is imposed.
|
||
|
||
This extension MUST appear as a critical extension in all CA
|
||
certificates that contain public keys used to validate digital
|
||
signatures on certificates. This extension MAY appear as a critical
|
||
or non-critical extension in CA certificates that contain public keys
|
||
used exclusively for purposes other than validating digital
|
||
signatures on certificates. Such CA certificates include ones that
|
||
contain public keys used exclusively for validating digital
|
||
signatures on CRLs and ones that contain key management public keys
|
||
used with certificate enrollment protocols. This extension MAY
|
||
appear as a critical or non-critical extension in end entity
|
||
certificates.
|
||
|
||
CAs MUST NOT include the pathLenConstraint field unless the cA
|
||
boolean is asserted and the key usage extension asserts the
|
||
keyCertSign bit.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-basicConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 19 }
|
||
|
||
BasicConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
cA BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
pathLenConstraint INTEGER (0..MAX) OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.11 Name Constraints
|
||
|
||
The name constraints extension, which MUST be used only in a CA
|
||
certificate, indicates a name space within which all subject names in
|
||
subsequent certificates in a certification path MUST be located.
|
||
Restrictions apply to the subject distinguished name and apply to
|
||
subject alternative names. Restrictions apply only when the
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 37]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
specified name form is present. If no name of the type is in the
|
||
certificate, the certificate is acceptable.
|
||
|
||
Name constraints are not applied to certificates whose issuer and
|
||
subject are identical (unless the certificate is the final
|
||
certificate in the path). (This could prevent CAs that use name
|
||
constraints from employing self-issued certificates to implement key
|
||
rollover.)
|
||
|
||
Restrictions are defined in terms of permitted or excluded name
|
||
subtrees. Any name matching a restriction in the excludedSubtrees
|
||
field is invalid regardless of information appearing in the
|
||
permittedSubtrees. This extension MUST be critical.
|
||
|
||
Within this profile, the minimum and maximum fields are not used with
|
||
any name forms, thus minimum MUST be zero, and maximum MUST be
|
||
absent.
|
||
|
||
For URIs, the constraint applies to the host part of the name. The
|
||
constraint MAY specify a host or a domain. Examples would be
|
||
"foo.bar.com"; and ".xyz.com". When the the constraint begins with
|
||
a period, it MAY be expanded with one or more subdomains. That is,
|
||
the constraint ".xyz.com" is satisfied by both abc.xyz.com and
|
||
abc.def.xyz.com. However, the constraint ".xyz.com" is not satisfied
|
||
by "xyz.com". When the constraint does not begin with a period, it
|
||
specifies a host.
|
||
|
||
A name constraint for Internet mail addresses MAY specify a
|
||
particular mailbox, all addresses at a particular host, or all
|
||
mailboxes in a domain. To indicate a particular mailbox, the
|
||
constraint is the complete mail address. For example, "root@xyz.com"
|
||
indicates the root mailbox on the host "xyz.com". To indicate all
|
||
Internet mail addresses on a particular host, the constraint is
|
||
specified as the host name. For example, the constraint "xyz.com" is
|
||
satisfied by any mail address at the host "xyz.com". To specify any
|
||
address within a domain, the constraint is specified with a leading
|
||
period (as with URIs). For example, ".xyz.com" indicates all the
|
||
Internet mail addresses in the domain "xyz.com", but not Internet
|
||
mail addresses on the host "xyz.com".
|
||
|
||
DNS name restrictions are expressed as foo.bar.com. Any DNS name
|
||
that can be constructed by simply adding to the left hand side of the
|
||
name satisfies the name constraint. For example, www.foo.bar.com
|
||
would satisfy the constraint but foo1.bar.com would not.
|
||
|
||
Legacy implementations exist where an RFC 822 name is embedded in the
|
||
subject distinguished name in an attribute of type EmailAddress
|
||
(section 4.1.2.6). When rfc822 names are constrained, but the
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 38]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
certificate does not include a subject alternative name, the rfc822
|
||
name constraint MUST be applied to the attribute of type EmailAddress
|
||
in the subject distinguished name. The ASN.1 syntax for EmailAddress
|
||
and the corresponding OID are supplied in Appendix A.
|
||
|
||
Restrictions of the form directoryName MUST be applied to the subject
|
||
field in the certificate and to the subjectAltName extensions of type
|
||
directoryName. Restrictions of the form x400Address MUST be applied
|
||
to subjectAltName extensions of type x400Address.
|
||
|
||
When applying restrictions of the form directoryName, an
|
||
implementation MUST compare DN attributes. At a minimum,
|
||
implementations MUST perform the DN comparison rules specified in
|
||
Section 4.1.2.4. CAs issuing certificates with a restriction of the
|
||
form directoryName SHOULD NOT rely on implementation of the full ISO
|
||
DN name comparison algorithm. This implies name restrictions MUST be
|
||
stated identically to the encoding used in the subject field or
|
||
subjectAltName extension.
|
||
|
||
The syntax of iPAddress MUST be as described in section 4.2.1.7 with
|
||
the following additions specifically for Name Constraints. For IPv4
|
||
addresses, the ipAddress field of generalName MUST contain eight (8)
|
||
octets, encoded in the style of RFC 1519 (CIDR) to represent an
|
||
address range [RFC 1519]. For IPv6 addresses, the ipAddress field
|
||
MUST contain 32 octets similarly encoded. For example, a name
|
||
constraint for "class C" subnet 10.9.8.0 is represented as the octets
|
||
0A 09 08 00 FF FF FF 00, representing the CIDR notation
|
||
10.9.8.0/255.255.255.0.
|
||
|
||
The syntax and semantics for name constraints for otherName,
|
||
ediPartyName, and registeredID are not defined by this specification.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-nameConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 30 }
|
||
|
||
NameConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
permittedSubtrees [0] GeneralSubtrees OPTIONAL,
|
||
excludedSubtrees [1] GeneralSubtrees OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
GeneralSubtrees ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF GeneralSubtree
|
||
|
||
GeneralSubtree ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
base GeneralName,
|
||
minimum [0] BaseDistance DEFAULT 0,
|
||
maximum [1] BaseDistance OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
BaseDistance ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 39]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.12 Policy Constraints
|
||
|
||
The policy constraints extension can be used in certificates issued
|
||
to CAs. The policy constraints extension constrains path validation
|
||
in two ways. It can be used to prohibit policy mapping or require
|
||
that each certificate in a path contain an acceptable policy
|
||
identifier.
|
||
|
||
If the inhibitPolicyMapping field is present, the value indicates the
|
||
number of additional certificates that may appear in the path before
|
||
policy mapping is no longer permitted. For example, a value of one
|
||
indicates that policy mapping may be processed in certificates issued
|
||
by the subject of this certificate, but not in additional
|
||
certificates in the path.
|
||
|
||
If the requireExplicitPolicy field is present, the value of
|
||
requireExplicitPolicy indicates the number of additional certificates
|
||
that may appear in the path before an explicit policy is required for
|
||
the entire path. When an explicit policy is required, it is
|
||
necessary for all certificates in the path to contain an acceptable
|
||
policy identifier in the certificate policies extension. An
|
||
acceptable policy identifier is the identifier of a policy required
|
||
by the user of the certification path or the identifier of a policy
|
||
which has been declared equivalent through policy mapping.
|
||
|
||
Conforming CAs MUST NOT issue certificates where policy constraints
|
||
is a empty sequence. That is, at least one of the
|
||
inhibitPolicyMapping field or the requireExplicitPolicy field MUST be
|
||
present. The behavior of clients that encounter a empty policy
|
||
constraints field is not addressed in this profile.
|
||
|
||
This extension MAY be critical or non-critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-policyConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 36 }
|
||
|
||
PolicyConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
requireExplicitPolicy [0] SkipCerts OPTIONAL,
|
||
inhibitPolicyMapping [1] SkipCerts OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
SkipCerts ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.13 Extended Key Usage
|
||
|
||
This extension indicates one or more purposes for which the certified
|
||
public key may be used, in addition to or in place of the basic
|
||
purposes indicated in the key usage extension. In general, this
|
||
extension will appear only in end entity certificates. This
|
||
extension is defined as follows:
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 40]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
id-ce-extKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 37 }
|
||
|
||
ExtKeyUsageSyntax ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF KeyPurposeId
|
||
|
||
KeyPurposeId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
Key purposes may be defined by any organization with a need. Object
|
||
identifiers used to identify key purposes MUST be assigned in
|
||
accordance with IANA or ITU-T Recommendation X.660 [X.660].
|
||
|
||
This extension MAY, at the option of the certificate issuer, be
|
||
either critical or non-critical.
|
||
|
||
If the extension is present, then the certificate MUST only be used
|
||
for one of the purposes indicated. If multiple purposes are
|
||
indicated the application need not recognize all purposes indicated,
|
||
as long as the intended purpose is present. Certificate using
|
||
applications MAY require that a particular purpose be indicated in
|
||
order for the certificate to be acceptable to that application.
|
||
|
||
If a CA includes extended key usages to satisfy such applications,
|
||
but does not wish to restrict usages of the key, the CA can include
|
||
the special keyPurposeID anyExtendedKeyUsage. If the
|
||
anyExtendedKeyUsage keyPurposeID is present, the extension SHOULD NOT
|
||
be critical.
|
||
|
||
If a certificate contains both a key usage extension and an extended
|
||
key usage extension, then both extensions MUST be processed
|
||
independently and the certificate MUST only be used for a purpose
|
||
consistent with both extensions. If there is no purpose consistent
|
||
with both extensions, then the certificate MUST NOT be used for any
|
||
purpose.
|
||
|
||
The following key usage purposes are defined:
|
||
|
||
anyExtendedKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-extKeyUsage 0 }
|
||
|
||
id-kp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 3 }
|
||
|
||
id-kp-serverAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 1 }
|
||
-- TLS WWW server authentication
|
||
-- Key usage bits that may be consistent: digitalSignature,
|
||
-- keyEncipherment or keyAgreement
|
||
|
||
id-kp-clientAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 2 }
|
||
-- TLS WWW client authentication
|
||
-- Key usage bits that may be consistent: digitalSignature
|
||
-- and/or keyAgreement
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 41]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
id-kp-codeSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 3 }
|
||
-- Signing of downloadable executable code
|
||
-- Key usage bits that may be consistent: digitalSignature
|
||
|
||
id-kp-emailProtection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 4 }
|
||
-- E-mail protection
|
||
-- Key usage bits that may be consistent: digitalSignature,
|
||
-- nonRepudiation, and/or (keyEncipherment or keyAgreement)
|
||
|
||
id-kp-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 8 }
|
||
-- Binding the hash of an object to a time
|
||
-- Key usage bits that may be consistent: digitalSignature
|
||
-- and/or nonRepudiation
|
||
|
||
id-kp-OCSPSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 9 }
|
||
-- Signing OCSP responses
|
||
-- Key usage bits that may be consistent: digitalSignature
|
||
-- and/or nonRepudiation
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.14 CRL Distribution Points
|
||
|
||
The CRL distribution points extension identifies how CRL information
|
||
is obtained. The extension SHOULD be non-critical, but this profile
|
||
RECOMMENDS support for this extension by CAs and applications.
|
||
Further discussion of CRL management is contained in section 5.
|
||
|
||
The cRLDistributionPoints extension is a SEQUENCE of
|
||
DistributionPoint. A DistributionPoint consists of three fields,
|
||
each of which is optional: distributionPoint, reasons, and cRLIssuer.
|
||
While each of these fields is optional, a DistributionPoint MUST NOT
|
||
consist of only the reasons field; either distributionPoint or
|
||
cRLIssuer MUST be present. If the certificate issuer is not the CRL
|
||
issuer, then the cRLIssuer field MUST be present and contain the Name
|
||
of the CRL issuer. If the certificate issuer is also the CRL issuer,
|
||
then the cRLIssuer field MUST be omitted and the distributionPoint
|
||
field MUST be present. If the distributionPoint field is omitted,
|
||
cRLIssuer MUST be present and include a Name corresponding to an
|
||
X.500 or LDAP directory entry where the CRL is located.
|
||
|
||
When the distributionPoint field is present, it contains either a
|
||
SEQUENCE of general names or a single value, nameRelativeToCRLIssuer.
|
||
If the cRLDistributionPoints extension contains a general name of
|
||
type URI, the following semantics MUST be assumed: the URI is a
|
||
pointer to the current CRL for the associated reasons and will be
|
||
issued by the associated cRLIssuer. The expected values for the URI
|
||
are those defined in 4.2.1.7. Processing rules for other values are
|
||
not defined by this specification.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 42]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
If the DistributionPointName contains multiple values, each name
|
||
describes a different mechanism to obtain the same CRL. For example,
|
||
the same CRL could be available for retrieval through both LDAP and
|
||
HTTP.
|
||
|
||
If the DistributionPointName contains the single value
|
||
nameRelativeToCRLIssuer, the value provides a distinguished name
|
||
fragment. The fragment is appended to the X.500 distinguished name
|
||
of the CRL issuer to obtain the distribution point name. If the
|
||
cRLIssuer field in the DistributionPoint is present, then the name
|
||
fragment is appended to the distinguished name that it contains;
|
||
otherwise, the name fragment is appended to the certificate issuer
|
||
distinguished name. The DistributionPointName MUST NOT use the
|
||
nameRealtiveToCRLIssuer alternative when cRLIssuer contains more than
|
||
one distinguished name.
|
||
|
||
If the DistributionPoint omits the reasons field, the CRL MUST
|
||
include revocation information for all reasons.
|
||
|
||
The cRLIssuer identifies the entity who signs and issues the CRL. If
|
||
present, the cRLIssuer MUST contain at least one an X.500
|
||
distinguished name (DN), and MAY also contain other name forms.
|
||
Since the cRLIssuer is compared to the CRL issuer name, the X.501
|
||
type Name MUST follow the encoding rules for the issuer name field in
|
||
the certificate (section 4.1.2.4).
|
||
|
||
id-ce-cRLDistributionPoints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 31 }
|
||
|
||
CRLDistributionPoints ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF DistributionPoint
|
||
|
||
DistributionPoint ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
distributionPoint [0] DistributionPointName OPTIONAL,
|
||
reasons [1] ReasonFlags OPTIONAL,
|
||
cRLIssuer [2] GeneralNames OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
DistributionPointName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
fullName [0] GeneralNames,
|
||
nameRelativeToCRLIssuer [1] RelativeDistinguishedName }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 43]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
ReasonFlags ::= BIT STRING {
|
||
unused (0),
|
||
keyCompromise (1),
|
||
cACompromise (2),
|
||
affiliationChanged (3),
|
||
superseded (4),
|
||
cessationOfOperation (5),
|
||
certificateHold (6),
|
||
privilegeWithdrawn (7),
|
||
aACompromise (8) }
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.15 Inhibit Any-Policy
|
||
|
||
The inhibit any-policy extension can be used in certificates issued
|
||
to CAs. The inhibit any-policy indicates that the special anyPolicy
|
||
OID, with the value { 2 5 29 32 0 }, is not considered an explicit
|
||
match for other certificate policies. The value indicates the number
|
||
of additional certificates that may appear in the path before
|
||
anyPolicy is no longer permitted. For example, a value of one
|
||
indicates that anyPolicy may be processed in certificates issued by
|
||
the subject of this certificate, but not in additional certificates
|
||
in the path.
|
||
|
||
This extension MUST be critical.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-inhibitAnyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 54 }
|
||
|
||
InhibitAnyPolicy ::= SkipCerts
|
||
|
||
SkipCerts ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
4.2.1.16 Freshest CRL (a.k.a. Delta CRL Distribution Point)
|
||
|
||
The freshest CRL extension identifies how delta CRL information is
|
||
obtained. The extension MUST be non-critical. Further discussion of
|
||
CRL management is contained in section 5.
|
||
|
||
The same syntax is used for this extension and the
|
||
cRLDistributionPoints extension, and is described in section
|
||
4.2.1.14. The same conventions apply to both extensions.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-freshestCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 46 }
|
||
|
||
FreshestCRL ::= CRLDistributionPoints
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 44]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
4.2.2 Private Internet Extensions
|
||
|
||
This section defines two extensions for use in the Internet Public
|
||
Key Infrastructure. These extensions may be used to direct
|
||
applications to on-line information about the issuing CA or the
|
||
subject. As the information may be available in multiple forms, each
|
||
extension is a sequence of IA5String values, each of which represents
|
||
a URI. The URI implicitly specifies the location and format of the
|
||
information and the method for obtaining the information.
|
||
|
||
An object identifier is defined for the private extension. The
|
||
object identifier associated with the private extension is defined
|
||
under the arc id-pe within the arc id-pkix. Any future extensions
|
||
defined for the Internet PKI are also expected to be defined under
|
||
the arc id-pe.
|
||
|
||
id-pkix OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{ iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
|
||
security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) }
|
||
|
||
id-pe OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 1 }
|
||
|
||
4.2.2.1 Authority Information Access
|
||
|
||
The authority information access extension indicates how to access CA
|
||
information and services for the issuer of the certificate in which
|
||
the extension appears. Information and services may include on-line
|
||
validation services and CA policy data. (The location of CRLs is not
|
||
specified in this extension; that information is provided by the
|
||
cRLDistributionPoints extension.) This extension may be included in
|
||
end entity or CA certificates, and it MUST be non-critical.
|
||
|
||
id-pe-authorityInfoAccess OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pe 1 }
|
||
|
||
AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax ::=
|
||
SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF AccessDescription
|
||
|
||
AccessDescription ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
accessMethod OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
accessLocation GeneralName }
|
||
|
||
id-ad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 48 }
|
||
|
||
id-ad-caIssuers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 2 }
|
||
|
||
id-ad-ocsp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 1 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 45]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Each entry in the sequence AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax describes the
|
||
format and location of additional information provided by the CA that
|
||
issued the certificate in which this extension appears. The type and
|
||
format of the information is specified by the accessMethod field; the
|
||
accessLocation field specifies the location of the information. The
|
||
retrieval mechanism may be implied by the accessMethod or specified
|
||
by accessLocation.
|
||
|
||
This profile defines two accessMethod OIDs: id-ad-caIssuers and
|
||
id-ad-ocsp.
|
||
|
||
The id-ad-caIssuers OID is used when the additional information lists
|
||
CAs that have issued certificates superior to the CA that issued the
|
||
certificate containing this extension. The referenced CA issuers
|
||
description is intended to aid certificate users in the selection of
|
||
a certification path that terminates at a point trusted by the
|
||
certificate user.
|
||
|
||
When id-ad-caIssuers appears as accessMethod, the accessLocation
|
||
field describes the referenced description server and the access
|
||
protocol to obtain the referenced description. The accessLocation
|
||
field is defined as a GeneralName, which can take several forms.
|
||
Where the information is available via http, ftp, or ldap,
|
||
accessLocation MUST be a uniformResourceIdentifier. Where the
|
||
information is available via the Directory Access Protocol (DAP),
|
||
accessLocation MUST be a directoryName. The entry for that
|
||
directoryName contains CA certificates in the crossCertificatePair
|
||
attribute. When the information is available via electronic mail,
|
||
accessLocation MUST be an rfc822Name. The semantics of other
|
||
id-ad-caIssuers accessLocation name forms are not defined.
|
||
|
||
The id-ad-ocsp OID is used when revocation information for the
|
||
certificate containing this extension is available using the Online
|
||
Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) [RFC 2560].
|
||
|
||
When id-ad-ocsp appears as accessMethod, the accessLocation field is
|
||
the location of the OCSP responder, using the conventions defined in
|
||
[RFC 2560].
|
||
|
||
Additional access descriptors may be defined in other PKIX
|
||
specifications.
|
||
|
||
4.2.2.2 Subject Information Access
|
||
|
||
The subject information access extension indicates how to access
|
||
information and services for the subject of the certificate in which
|
||
the extension appears. When the subject is a CA, information and
|
||
services may include certificate validation services and CA policy
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 46]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
data. When the subject is an end entity, the information describes
|
||
the type of services offered and how to access them. In this case,
|
||
the contents of this extension are defined in the protocol
|
||
specifications for the suported services. This extension may be
|
||
included in subject or CA certificates, and it MUST be non-critical.
|
||
|
||
id-pe-subjectInfoAccess OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pe 11 }
|
||
|
||
SubjectInfoAccessSyntax ::=
|
||
SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF AccessDescription
|
||
|
||
AccessDescription ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
accessMethod OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
accessLocation GeneralName }
|
||
|
||
Each entry in the sequence SubjectInfoAccessSyntax describes the
|
||
format and location of additional information provided by the subject
|
||
of the certificate in which this extension appears. The type and
|
||
format of the information is specified by the accessMethod field; the
|
||
accessLocation field specifies the location of the information. The
|
||
retrieval mechanism may be implied by the accessMethod or specified
|
||
by accessLocation.
|
||
|
||
This profile defines one access method to be used when the subject is
|
||
a CA, and one access method to be used when the subject is an end
|
||
entity. Additional access methods may be defined in the future in
|
||
the protocol specifications for other services.
|
||
|
||
The id-ad-caRepository OID is used when the subject is a CA, and
|
||
publishes its certificates and CRLs (if issued) in a repository. The
|
||
accessLocation field is defined as a GeneralName, which can take
|
||
several forms. Where the information is available via http, ftp, or
|
||
ldap, accessLocation MUST be a uniformResourceIdentifier. Where the
|
||
information is available via the directory access protocol (dap),
|
||
accessLocation MUST be a directoryName. When the information is
|
||
available via electronic mail, accessLocation MUST be an rfc822Name.
|
||
The semantics of other name forms of of accessLocation (when
|
||
accessMethod is id-ad-caRepository) are not defined by this
|
||
specification.
|
||
|
||
The id-ad-timeStamping OID is used when the subject offers
|
||
timestamping services using the Time Stamp Protocol defined in
|
||
[PKIXTSA]. Where the timestamping services are available via http or
|
||
ftp, accessLocation MUST be a uniformResourceIdentifier. Where the
|
||
timestamping services are available via electronic mail,
|
||
accessLocation MUST be an rfc822Name. Where timestamping services
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 47]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
are available using TCP/IP, the dNSName or ipAddress name forms may
|
||
be used. The semantics of other name forms of accessLocation (when
|
||
accessMethod is id-ad-timeStamping) are not defined by this
|
||
specification.
|
||
|
||
Additional access descriptors may be defined in other PKIX
|
||
specifications.
|
||
|
||
id-ad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 48 }
|
||
|
||
id-ad-caRepository OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 5 }
|
||
|
||
id-ad-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 3 }
|
||
|
||
5 CRL and CRL Extensions Profile
|
||
|
||
As discussed above, one goal of this X.509 v2 CRL profile is to
|
||
foster the creation of an interoperable and reusable Internet PKI.
|
||
To achieve this goal, guidelines for the use of extensions are
|
||
specified, and some assumptions are made about the nature of
|
||
information included in the CRL.
|
||
|
||
CRLs may be used in a wide range of applications and environments
|
||
covering a broad spectrum of interoperability goals and an even
|
||
broader spectrum of operational and assurance requirements. This
|
||
profile establishes a common baseline for generic applications
|
||
requiring broad interoperability. The profile defines a set of
|
||
information that can be expected in every CRL. Also, the profile
|
||
defines common locations within the CRL for frequently used
|
||
attributes as well as common representations for these attributes.
|
||
|
||
CRL issuers issue CRLs. In general, the CRL issuer is the CA. CAs
|
||
publish CRLs to provide status information about the certificates
|
||
they issued. However, a CA may delegate this responsibility to
|
||
another trusted authority. Whenever the CRL issuer is not the CA
|
||
that issued the certificates, the CRL is referred to as an indirect
|
||
CRL.
|
||
|
||
Each CRL has a particular scope. The CRL scope is the set of
|
||
certificates that could appear on a given CRL. For example, the
|
||
scope could be "all certificates issued by CA X", "all CA
|
||
certificates issued by CA X", "all certificates issued by CA X that
|
||
have been revoked for reasons of key compromise and CA compromise",
|
||
or could be a set of certificates based on arbitrary local
|
||
information, such as "all certificates issued to the NIST employees
|
||
located in Boulder".
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 48]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
A complete CRL lists all unexpired certificates, within its scope,
|
||
that have been revoked for one of the revocation reasons covered by
|
||
the CRL scope. The CRL issuer MAY also generate delta CRLs. A delta
|
||
CRL only lists those certificates, within its scope, whose revocation
|
||
status has changed since the issuance of a referenced complete CRL.
|
||
The referenced complete CRL is referred to as a base CRL. The scope
|
||
of a delta CRL MUST be the same as the base CRL that it references.
|
||
|
||
This profile does not define any private Internet CRL extensions or
|
||
CRL entry extensions.
|
||
|
||
Environments with additional or special purpose requirements may
|
||
build on this profile or may replace it.
|
||
|
||
Conforming CAs are not required to issue CRLs if other revocation or
|
||
certificate status mechanisms are provided. When CRLs are issued,
|
||
the CRLs MUST be version 2 CRLs, include the date by which the next
|
||
CRL will be issued in the nextUpdate field (section 5.1.2.5), include
|
||
the CRL number extension (section 5.2.3), and include the authority
|
||
key identifier extension (section 5.2.1). Conforming applications
|
||
that support CRLs are REQUIRED to process both version 1 and version
|
||
2 complete CRLs that provide revocation information for all
|
||
certificates issued by one CA. Conforming applications are NOT
|
||
REQUIRED to support processing of delta CRLs, indirect CRLs, or CRLs
|
||
with a scope other than all certificates issued by one CA.
|
||
|
||
5.1 CRL Fields
|
||
|
||
The X.509 v2 CRL syntax is as follows. For signature calculation,
|
||
the data that is to be signed is ASN.1 DER encoded. ASN.1 DER
|
||
encoding is a tag, length, value encoding system for each element.
|
||
|
||
CertificateList ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tbsCertList TBSCertList,
|
||
signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
signatureValue BIT STRING }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 49]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
TBSCertList ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
version Version OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- if present, MUST be v2
|
||
signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
issuer Name,
|
||
thisUpdate Time,
|
||
nextUpdate Time OPTIONAL,
|
||
revokedCertificates SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
|
||
userCertificate CertificateSerialNumber,
|
||
revocationDate Time,
|
||
crlEntryExtensions Extensions OPTIONAL
|
||
-- if present, MUST be v2
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
crlExtensions [0] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL
|
||
-- if present, MUST be v2
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- Version, Time, CertificateSerialNumber, and Extensions
|
||
-- are all defined in the ASN.1 in section 4.1
|
||
|
||
-- AlgorithmIdentifier is defined in section 4.1.1.2
|
||
|
||
The following items describe the use of the X.509 v2 CRL in the
|
||
Internet PKI.
|
||
|
||
5.1.1 CertificateList Fields
|
||
|
||
The CertificateList is a SEQUENCE of three required fields. The
|
||
fields are described in detail in the following subsections.
|
||
|
||
5.1.1.1 tbsCertList
|
||
|
||
The first field in the sequence is the tbsCertList. This field is
|
||
itself a sequence containing the name of the issuer, issue date,
|
||
issue date of the next list, the optional list of revoked
|
||
certificates, and optional CRL extensions. When there are no revoked
|
||
certificates, the revoked certificates list is absent. When one or
|
||
more certificates are revoked, each entry on the revoked certificate
|
||
list is defined by a sequence of user certificate serial number,
|
||
revocation date, and optional CRL entry extensions.
|
||
|
||
5.1.1.2 signatureAlgorithm
|
||
|
||
The signatureAlgorithm field contains the algorithm identifier for
|
||
the algorithm used by the CRL issuer to sign the CertificateList.
|
||
The field is of type AlgorithmIdentifier, which is defined in section
|
||
4.1.1.2. [PKIXALGS] lists the supported algorithms for this
|
||
specification, but other signature algorithms MAY also be supported.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 50]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
This field MUST contain the same algorithm identifier as the
|
||
signature field in the sequence tbsCertList (section 5.1.2.2).
|
||
|
||
5.1.1.3 signatureValue
|
||
|
||
The signatureValue field contains a digital signature computed upon
|
||
the ASN.1 DER encoded tbsCertList. The ASN.1 DER encoded tbsCertList
|
||
is used as the input to the signature function. This signature value
|
||
is encoded as a BIT STRING and included in the CRL signatureValue
|
||
field. The details of this process are specified for each of the
|
||
supported algorithms in [PKIXALGS].
|
||
|
||
CAs that are also CRL issuers MAY use one private key to digitally
|
||
sign certificates and CRLs, or MAY use separate private keys to
|
||
digitally sign certificates and CRLs. When separate private keys are
|
||
employed, each of the public keys associated with these private keys
|
||
is placed in a separate certificate, one with the keyCertSign bit set
|
||
in the key usage extension, and one with the cRLSign bit set in the
|
||
key usage extension (section 4.2.1.3). When separate private keys
|
||
are employed, certificates issued by the CA contain one authority key
|
||
identifier, and the corresponding CRLs contain a different authority
|
||
key identifier. The use of separate CA certificates for validation
|
||
of certificate signatures and CRL signatures can offer improved
|
||
security characteristics; however, it imposes a burden on
|
||
applications, and it might limit interoperability. Many applications
|
||
construct a certification path, and then validate the certification
|
||
path (section 6). CRL checking in turn requires a separate
|
||
certification path to be constructed and validated for the CA's CRL
|
||
signature validation certificate. Applications that perform CRL
|
||
checking MUST support certification path validation when certificates
|
||
and CRLs are digitally signed with the same CA private key. These
|
||
applications SHOULD support certification path validation when
|
||
certificates and CRLs are digitally signed with different CA private
|
||
keys.
|
||
|
||
5.1.2 Certificate List "To Be Signed"
|
||
|
||
The certificate list to be signed, or TBSCertList, is a sequence of
|
||
required and optional fields. The required fields identify the CRL
|
||
issuer, the algorithm used to sign the CRL, the date and time the CRL
|
||
was issued, and the date and time by which the CRL issuer will issue
|
||
the next CRL.
|
||
|
||
Optional fields include lists of revoked certificates and CRL
|
||
extensions. The revoked certificate list is optional to support the
|
||
case where a CA has not revoked any unexpired certificates that it
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 51]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
has issued. The profile requires conforming CRL issuers to use the
|
||
CRL number and authority key identifier CRL extensions in all CRLs
|
||
issued.
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.1 Version
|
||
|
||
This optional field describes the version of the encoded CRL. When
|
||
extensions are used, as required by this profile, this field MUST be
|
||
present and MUST specify version 2 (the integer value is 1).
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.2 Signature
|
||
|
||
This field contains the algorithm identifier for the algorithm used
|
||
to sign the CRL. [PKIXALGS] lists OIDs for the most popular
|
||
signature algorithms used in the Internet PKI.
|
||
|
||
This field MUST contain the same algorithm identifier as the
|
||
signatureAlgorithm field in the sequence CertificateList (section
|
||
5.1.1.2).
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.3 Issuer Name
|
||
|
||
The issuer name identifies the entity who has signed and issued the
|
||
CRL. The issuer identity is carried in the issuer name field.
|
||
Alternative name forms may also appear in the issuerAltName extension
|
||
(section 5.2.2). The issuer name field MUST contain an X.500
|
||
distinguished name (DN). The issuer name field is defined as the
|
||
X.501 type Name, and MUST follow the encoding rules for the issuer
|
||
name field in the certificate (section 4.1.2.4).
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.4 This Update
|
||
|
||
This field indicates the issue date of this CRL. ThisUpdate may be
|
||
encoded as UTCTime or GeneralizedTime.
|
||
|
||
CRL issuers conforming to this profile MUST encode thisUpdate as
|
||
UTCTime for dates through the year 2049. CRL issuers conforming to
|
||
this profile MUST encode thisUpdate as GeneralizedTime for dates in
|
||
the year 2050 or later.
|
||
|
||
Where encoded as UTCTime, thisUpdate MUST be specified and
|
||
interpreted as defined in section 4.1.2.5.1. Where encoded as
|
||
GeneralizedTime, thisUpdate MUST be specified and interpreted as
|
||
defined in section 4.1.2.5.2.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 52]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.5 Next Update
|
||
|
||
This field indicates the date by which the next CRL will be issued.
|
||
The next CRL could be issued before the indicated date, but it will
|
||
not be issued any later than the indicated date. CRL issuers SHOULD
|
||
issue CRLs with a nextUpdate time equal to or later than all previous
|
||
CRLs. nextUpdate may be encoded as UTCTime or GeneralizedTime.
|
||
|
||
This profile requires inclusion of nextUpdate in all CRLs issued by
|
||
conforming CRL issuers. Note that the ASN.1 syntax of TBSCertList
|
||
describes this field as OPTIONAL, which is consistent with the ASN.1
|
||
structure defined in [X.509]. The behavior of clients processing
|
||
CRLs which omit nextUpdate is not specified by this profile.
|
||
|
||
CRL issuers conforming to this profile MUST encode nextUpdate as
|
||
UTCTime for dates through the year 2049. CRL issuers conforming to
|
||
this profile MUST encode nextUpdate as GeneralizedTime for dates in
|
||
the year 2050 or later.
|
||
|
||
Where encoded as UTCTime, nextUpdate MUST be specified and
|
||
interpreted as defined in section 4.1.2.5.1. Where encoded as
|
||
GeneralizedTime, nextUpdate MUST be specified and interpreted as
|
||
defined in section 4.1.2.5.2.
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.6 Revoked Certificates
|
||
|
||
When there are no revoked certificates, the revoked certificates list
|
||
MUST be absent. Otherwise, revoked certificates are listed by their
|
||
serial numbers. Certificates revoked by the CA are uniquely
|
||
identified by the certificate serial number. The date on which the
|
||
revocation occurred is specified. The time for revocationDate MUST
|
||
be expressed as described in section 5.1.2.4. Additional information
|
||
may be supplied in CRL entry extensions; CRL entry extensions are
|
||
discussed in section 5.3.
|
||
|
||
5.1.2.7 Extensions
|
||
|
||
This field may only appear if the version is 2 (section 5.1.2.1). If
|
||
present, this field is a sequence of one or more CRL extensions. CRL
|
||
extensions are discussed in section 5.2.
|
||
|
||
5.2 CRL Extensions
|
||
|
||
The extensions defined by ANSI X9, ISO/IEC, and ITU-T for X.509 v2
|
||
CRLs [X.509] [X9.55] provide methods for associating additional
|
||
attributes with CRLs. The X.509 v2 CRL format also allows
|
||
communities to define private extensions to carry information unique
|
||
to those communities. Each extension in a CRL may be designated as
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 53]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
critical or non-critical. A CRL validation MUST fail if it
|
||
encounters a critical extension which it does not know how to
|
||
process. However, an unrecognized non-critical extension may be
|
||
ignored. The following subsections present those extensions used
|
||
within Internet CRLs. Communities may elect to include extensions in
|
||
CRLs which are not defined in this specification. However, caution
|
||
should be exercised in adopting any critical extensions in CRLs which
|
||
might be used in a general context.
|
||
|
||
Conforming CRL issuers are REQUIRED to include the authority key
|
||
identifier (section 5.2.1) and the CRL number (section 5.2.3)
|
||
extensions in all CRLs issued.
|
||
|
||
5.2.1 Authority Key Identifier
|
||
|
||
The authority key identifier extension provides a means of
|
||
identifying the public key corresponding to the private key used to
|
||
sign a CRL. The identification can be based on either the key
|
||
identifier (the subject key identifier in the CRL signer's
|
||
certificate) or on the issuer name and serial number. This extension
|
||
is especially useful where an issuer has more than one signing key,
|
||
either due to multiple concurrent key pairs or due to changeover.
|
||
|
||
Conforming CRL issuers MUST use the key identifier method, and MUST
|
||
include this extension in all CRLs issued.
|
||
|
||
The syntax for this CRL extension is defined in section 4.2.1.1.
|
||
|
||
5.2.2 Issuer Alternative Name
|
||
|
||
The issuer alternative names extension allows additional identities
|
||
to be associated with the issuer of the CRL. Defined options include
|
||
an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a DNS name, an IP address,
|
||
and a URI. Multiple instances of a name and multiple name forms may
|
||
be included. Whenever such identities are used, the issuer
|
||
alternative name extension MUST be used; however, a DNS name MAY be
|
||
represented in the issuer field using the domainComponent attribute
|
||
as described in section 4.1.2.4.
|
||
|
||
The issuerAltName extension SHOULD NOT be marked critical.
|
||
|
||
The OID and syntax for this CRL extension are defined in section
|
||
4.2.1.8.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 54]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
5.2.3 CRL Number
|
||
|
||
The CRL number is a non-critical CRL extension which conveys a
|
||
monotonically increasing sequence number for a given CRL scope and
|
||
CRL issuer. This extension allows users to easily determine when a
|
||
particular CRL supersedes another CRL. CRL numbers also support the
|
||
identification of complementary complete CRLs and delta CRLs. CRL
|
||
issuers conforming to this profile MUST include this extension in all
|
||
CRLs.
|
||
|
||
If a CRL issuer generates delta CRLs in addition to complete CRLs for
|
||
a given scope, the complete CRLs and delta CRLs MUST share one
|
||
numbering sequence. If a delta CRL and a complete CRL that cover the
|
||
same scope are issued at the same time, they MUST have the same CRL
|
||
number and provide the same revocation information. That is, the
|
||
combination of the delta CRL and an acceptable complete CRL MUST
|
||
provide the same revocation information as the simultaneously issued
|
||
complete CRL.
|
||
|
||
If a CRL issuer generates two CRLs (two complete CRLs, two delta
|
||
CRLs, or a complete CRL and a delta CRL) for the same scope at
|
||
different times, the two CRLs MUST NOT have the same CRL number.
|
||
That is, if the this update field (section 5.1.2.4) in the two CRLs
|
||
are not identical, the CRL numbers MUST be different.
|
||
|
||
Given the requirements above, CRL numbers can be expected to contain
|
||
long integers. CRL verifiers MUST be able to handle CRLNumber values
|
||
up to 20 octets. Conformant CRL issuers MUST NOT use CRLNumber
|
||
values longer than 20 octets.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-cRLNumber OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 20 }
|
||
|
||
CRLNumber ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
5.2.4 Delta CRL Indicator
|
||
|
||
The delta CRL indicator is a critical CRL extension that identifies a
|
||
CRL as being a delta CRL. Delta CRLs contain updates to revocation
|
||
information previously distributed, rather than all the information
|
||
that would appear in a complete CRL. The use of delta CRLs can
|
||
significantly reduce network load and processing time in some
|
||
environments. Delta CRLs are generally smaller than the CRLs they
|
||
update, so applications that obtain delta CRLs consume less network
|
||
bandwidth than applications that obtain the corresponding complete
|
||
CRLs. Applications which store revocation information in a format
|
||
other than the CRL structure can add new revocation information to
|
||
the local database without reprocessing information.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 55]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The delta CRL indicator extension contains the single value of type
|
||
BaseCRLNumber. The CRL number identifies the CRL, complete for a
|
||
given scope, that was used as the starting point in the generation of
|
||
this delta CRL. A conforming CRL issuer MUST publish the referenced
|
||
base CRL as a complete CRL. The delta CRL contains all updates to
|
||
the revocation status for that same scope. The combination of a
|
||
delta CRL plus the referenced base CRL is equivalent to a complete
|
||
CRL, for the applicable scope, at the time of publication of the
|
||
delta CRL.
|
||
|
||
When a conforming CRL issuer generates a delta CRL, the delta CRL
|
||
MUST include a critical delta CRL indicator extension.
|
||
|
||
When a delta CRL is issued, it MUST cover the same set of reasons and
|
||
the same set of certificates that were covered by the base CRL it
|
||
references. That is, the scope of the delta CRL MUST be the same as
|
||
the scope of the complete CRL referenced as the base. The referenced
|
||
base CRL and the delta CRL MUST omit the issuing distribution point
|
||
extension or contain identical issuing distribution point extensions.
|
||
Further, the CRL issuer MUST use the same private key to sign the
|
||
delta CRL and any complete CRL that it can be used to update.
|
||
|
||
An application that supports delta CRLs can construct a CRL that is
|
||
complete for a given scope by combining a delta CRL for that scope
|
||
with either an issued CRL that is complete for that scope or a
|
||
locally constructed CRL that is complete for that scope.
|
||
|
||
When a delta CRL is combined with a complete CRL or a locally
|
||
constructed CRL, the resulting locally constructed CRL has the CRL
|
||
number specified in the CRL number extension found in the delta CRL
|
||
used in its construction. In addition, the resulting locally
|
||
constructed CRL has the thisUpdate and nextUpdate times specified in
|
||
the corresponding fields of the delta CRL used in its construction.
|
||
In addition, the locally constructed CRL inherits the issuing
|
||
distribution point from the delta CRL.
|
||
|
||
A complete CRL and a delta CRL MAY be combined if the following four
|
||
conditions are satisfied:
|
||
|
||
(a) The complete CRL and delta CRL have the same issuer.
|
||
|
||
(b) The complete CRL and delta CRL have the same scope. The two
|
||
CRLs have the same scope if either of the following conditions are
|
||
met:
|
||
|
||
(1) The issuingDistributionPoint extension is omitted from
|
||
both the complete CRL and the delta CRL.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 56]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(2) The issuingDistributionPoint extension is present in both
|
||
the complete CRL and the delta CRL, and the values for each of
|
||
the fields in the extensions are the same in both CRLs.
|
||
|
||
(c) The CRL number of the complete CRL is equal to or greater
|
||
than the BaseCRLNumber specified in the delta CRL. That is, the
|
||
complete CRL contains (at a minimum) all the revocation
|
||
information held by the referenced base CRL.
|
||
|
||
(d) The CRL number of the complete CRL is less than the CRL
|
||
number of the delta CRL. That is, the delta CRL follows the
|
||
complete CRL in the numbering sequence.
|
||
|
||
CRL issuers MUST ensure that the combination of a delta CRL and any
|
||
appropriate complete CRL accurately reflects the current revocation
|
||
status. The CRL issuer MUST include an entry in the delta CRL for
|
||
each certificate within the scope of the delta CRL whose status has
|
||
changed since the generation of the referenced base CRL:
|
||
|
||
(a) If the certificate is revoked for a reason included in the
|
||
scope of the CRL, list the certificate as revoked.
|
||
|
||
(b) If the certificate is valid and was listed on the referenced
|
||
base CRL or any subsequent CRL with reason code certificateHold,
|
||
and the reason code certificateHold is included in the scope of
|
||
the CRL, list the certificate with the reason code removeFromCRL.
|
||
|
||
(c) If the certificate is revoked for a reason outside the scope
|
||
of the CRL, but the certificate was listed on the referenced base
|
||
CRL or any subsequent CRL with a reason code included in the scope
|
||
of this CRL, list the certificate as revoked but omit the reason
|
||
code.
|
||
|
||
(d) If the certificate is revoked for a reason outside the scope
|
||
of the CRL and the certificate was neither listed on the
|
||
referenced base CRL nor any subsequent CRL with a reason code
|
||
included in the scope of this CRL, do not list the certificate on
|
||
this CRL.
|
||
|
||
The status of a certificate is considered to have changed if it is
|
||
revoked, placed on hold, released from hold, or if its revocation
|
||
reason changes.
|
||
|
||
It is appropriate to list a certificate with reason code
|
||
removeFromCRL on a delta CRL even if the certificate was not on hold
|
||
in the referenced base CRL. If the certificate was placed on hold in
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 57]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
any CRL issued after the base but before this delta CRL and then
|
||
released from hold, it MUST be listed on the delta CRL with
|
||
revocation reason removeFromCRL.
|
||
|
||
A CRL issuer MAY optionally list a certificate on a delta CRL with
|
||
reason code removeFromCRL if the notAfter time specified in the
|
||
certificate precedes the thisUpdate time specified in the delta CRL
|
||
and the certificate was listed on the referenced base CRL or in any
|
||
CRL issued after the base but before this delta CRL.
|
||
|
||
If a certificate revocation notice first appears on a delta CRL, then
|
||
it is possible for the certificate validity period to expire before
|
||
the next complete CRL for the same scope is issued. In this case,
|
||
the revocation notice MUST be included in all subsequent delta CRLs
|
||
until the revocation notice is included on at least one explicitly
|
||
issued complete CRL for this scope.
|
||
|
||
An application that supports delta CRLs MUST be able to construct a
|
||
current complete CRL by combining a previously issued complete CRL
|
||
and the most current delta CRL. An application that supports delta
|
||
CRLs MAY also be able to construct a current complete CRL by
|
||
combining a previously locally constructed complete CRL and the
|
||
current delta CRL. A delta CRL is considered to be the current one
|
||
if the current time is between the times contained in the thisUpdate
|
||
and nextUpdate fields. Under some circumstances, the CRL issuer may
|
||
publish one or more delta CRLs before indicated by the nextUpdate
|
||
field. If more than one current delta CRL for a given scope is
|
||
encountered, the application SHOULD consider the one with the latest
|
||
value in thisUpdate to be the most current one.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-deltaCRLIndicator OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 27 }
|
||
|
||
BaseCRLNumber ::= CRLNumber
|
||
|
||
5.2.5 Issuing Distribution Point
|
||
|
||
The issuing distribution point is a critical CRL extension that
|
||
identifies the CRL distribution point and scope for a particular CRL,
|
||
and it indicates whether the CRL covers revocation for end entity
|
||
certificates only, CA certificates only, attribute certificates only,
|
||
|
||
or a limited set of reason codes. Although the extension is
|
||
critical, conforming implementations are not required to support this
|
||
extension.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 58]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The CRL is signed using the CRL issuer's private key. CRL
|
||
Distribution Points do not have their own key pairs. If the CRL is
|
||
stored in the X.500 Directory, it is stored in the Directory entry
|
||
corresponding to the CRL distribution point, which may be different
|
||
than the Directory entry of the CRL issuer.
|
||
|
||
The reason codes associated with a distribution point MUST be
|
||
specified in onlySomeReasons. If onlySomeReasons does not appear,
|
||
the distribution point MUST contain revocations for all reason codes.
|
||
CAs may use CRL distribution points to partition the CRL on the basis
|
||
of compromise and routine revocation. In this case, the revocations
|
||
with reason code keyCompromise (1), cACompromise (2), and
|
||
aACompromise (8) appear in one distribution point, and the
|
||
revocations with other reason codes appear in another distribution
|
||
point.
|
||
|
||
If the distributionPoint field is present and contains a URI, the
|
||
following semantics MUST be assumed: the object is a pointer to the
|
||
most current CRL issued by this CRL issuer. The URI schemes ftp,
|
||
http, mailto [RFC1738] and ldap [RFC1778] are defined for this
|
||
purpose. The URI MUST be an absolute pathname, not a relative
|
||
pathname, and MUST specify the host.
|
||
|
||
If the distributionPoint field is absent, the CRL MUST contain
|
||
entries for all revoked unexpired certificates issued by the CRL
|
||
issuer, if any, within the scope of the CRL.
|
||
|
||
The CRL issuer MUST assert the indirectCRL boolean, if the scope of
|
||
the CRL includes certificates issued by authorities other than the
|
||
CRL issuer. The authority responsible for each entry is indicated by
|
||
the certificate issuer CRL entry extension (section 5.3.4).
|
||
|
||
id-ce-issuingDistributionPoint OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 28 }
|
||
|
||
issuingDistributionPoint ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
distributionPoint [0] DistributionPointName OPTIONAL,
|
||
onlyContainsUserCerts [1] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
onlyContainsCACerts [2] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
onlySomeReasons [3] ReasonFlags OPTIONAL,
|
||
indirectCRL [4] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
onlyContainsAttributeCerts [5] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE }
|
||
|
||
5.2.6 Freshest CRL (a.k.a. Delta CRL Distribution Point)
|
||
|
||
The freshest CRL extension identifies how delta CRL information for
|
||
this complete CRL is obtained. The extension MUST be non-critical.
|
||
This extension MUST NOT appear in delta CRLs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 59]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The same syntax is used for this extension as the
|
||
cRLDistributionPoints certificate extension, and is described in
|
||
section 4.2.1.14. However, only the distribution point field is
|
||
meaningful in this context. The reasons and CRLIssuer fields MUST be
|
||
omitted from this CRL extension.
|
||
|
||
Each distribution point name provides the location at which a delta
|
||
CRL for this complete CRL can be found. The scope of these delta
|
||
CRLs MUST be the same as the scope of this complete CRL. The
|
||
contents of this CRL extension are only used to locate delta CRLs;
|
||
the contents are not used to validate the CRL or the referenced delta
|
||
CRLs. The encoding conventions defined for distribution points in
|
||
section 4.2.1.14 apply to this extension.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-freshestCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 46 }
|
||
|
||
FreshestCRL ::= CRLDistributionPoints
|
||
|
||
5.3 CRL Entry Extensions
|
||
|
||
The CRL entry extensions defined by ISO/IEC, ITU-T, and ANSI X9 for
|
||
X.509 v2 CRLs provide methods for associating additional attributes
|
||
with CRL entries [X.509] [X9.55]. The X.509 v2 CRL format also
|
||
allows communities to define private CRL entry extensions to carry
|
||
information unique to those communities. Each extension in a CRL
|
||
entry may be designated as critical or non-critical. A CRL
|
||
validation MUST fail if it encounters a critical CRL entry extension
|
||
which it does not know how to process. However, an unrecognized non-
|
||
critical CRL entry extension may be ignored. The following
|
||
subsections present recommended extensions used within Internet CRL
|
||
entries and standard locations for information. Communities may
|
||
elect to use additional CRL entry extensions; however, caution should
|
||
be exercised in adopting any critical extensions in CRL entries which
|
||
might be used in a general context.
|
||
|
||
All CRL entry extensions used in this specification are non-critical.
|
||
Support for these extensions is optional for conforming CRL issuers
|
||
and applications. However, CRL issuers SHOULD include reason codes
|
||
(section 5.3.1) and invalidity dates (section 5.3.3) whenever this
|
||
information is available.
|
||
|
||
5.3.1 Reason Code
|
||
|
||
The reasonCode is a non-critical CRL entry extension that identifies
|
||
the reason for the certificate revocation. CRL issuers are strongly
|
||
encouraged to include meaningful reason codes in CRL entries;
|
||
however, the reason code CRL entry extension SHOULD be absent instead
|
||
of using the unspecified (0) reasonCode value.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 60]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
id-ce-cRLReason OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 21 }
|
||
|
||
-- reasonCode ::= { CRLReason }
|
||
|
||
CRLReason ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
unspecified (0),
|
||
keyCompromise (1),
|
||
cACompromise (2),
|
||
affiliationChanged (3),
|
||
superseded (4),
|
||
cessationOfOperation (5),
|
||
certificateHold (6),
|
||
removeFromCRL (8),
|
||
privilegeWithdrawn (9),
|
||
aACompromise (10) }
|
||
|
||
5.3.2 Hold Instruction Code
|
||
|
||
The hold instruction code is a non-critical CRL entry extension that
|
||
provides a registered instruction identifier which indicates the
|
||
action to be taken after encountering a certificate that has been
|
||
placed on hold.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-holdInstructionCode OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 23 }
|
||
|
||
holdInstructionCode ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
The following instruction codes have been defined. Conforming
|
||
applications that process this extension MUST recognize the following
|
||
instruction codes.
|
||
|
||
holdInstruction OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{ iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) x9-57(10040) 2 }
|
||
|
||
id-holdinstruction-none OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {holdInstruction 1}
|
||
id-holdinstruction-callissuer
|
||
OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {holdInstruction 2}
|
||
id-holdinstruction-reject OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {holdInstruction 3}
|
||
|
||
Conforming applications which encounter an id-holdinstruction-
|
||
callissuer MUST call the certificate issuer or reject the
|
||
certificate. Conforming applications which encounter an id-
|
||
holdinstruction-reject MUST reject the certificate. The hold
|
||
instruction id-holdinstruction-none is semantically equivalent to the
|
||
absence of a holdInstructionCode, and its use is strongly deprecated
|
||
for the Internet PKI.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 61]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
5.3.3 Invalidity Date
|
||
|
||
The invalidity date is a non-critical CRL entry extension that
|
||
provides the date on which it is known or suspected that the private
|
||
key was compromised or that the certificate otherwise became invalid.
|
||
This date may be earlier than the revocation date in the CRL entry,
|
||
which is the date at which the CA processed the revocation. When a
|
||
revocation is first posted by a CRL issuer in a CRL, the invalidity
|
||
date may precede the date of issue of earlier CRLs, but the
|
||
revocation date SHOULD NOT precede the date of issue of earlier CRLs.
|
||
Whenever this information is available, CRL issuers are strongly
|
||
encouraged to share it with CRL users.
|
||
|
||
The GeneralizedTime values included in this field MUST be expressed
|
||
in Greenwich Mean Time (Zulu), and MUST be specified and interpreted
|
||
as defined in section 4.1.2.5.2.
|
||
|
||
id-ce-invalidityDate OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 24 }
|
||
|
||
invalidityDate ::= GeneralizedTime
|
||
|
||
5.3.4 Certificate Issuer
|
||
|
||
This CRL entry extension identifies the certificate issuer associated
|
||
with an entry in an indirect CRL, that is, a CRL that has the
|
||
indirectCRL indicator set in its issuing distribution point
|
||
extension. If this extension is not present on the first entry in an
|
||
indirect CRL, the certificate issuer defaults to the CRL issuer. On
|
||
subsequent entries in an indirect CRL, if this extension is not
|
||
present, the certificate issuer for the entry is the same as that for
|
||
the preceding entry. This field is defined as follows:
|
||
|
||
id-ce-certificateIssuer OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 29 }
|
||
|
||
certificateIssuer ::= GeneralNames
|
||
|
||
If used by conforming CRL issuers, this extension MUST always be
|
||
critical. If an implementation ignored this extension it could not
|
||
correctly attribute CRL entries to certificates. This specification
|
||
RECOMMENDS that implementations recognize this extension.
|
||
|
||
6 Certification Path Validation
|
||
|
||
Certification path validation procedures for the Internet PKI are
|
||
based on the algorithm supplied in [X.509]. Certification path
|
||
processing verifies the binding between the subject distinguished
|
||
name and/or subject alternative name and subject public key. The
|
||
binding is limited by constraints which are specified in the
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 62]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
certificates which comprise the path and inputs which are specified
|
||
by the relying party. The basic constraints and policy constraints
|
||
extensions allow the certification path processing logic to automate
|
||
the decision making process.
|
||
|
||
This section describes an algorithm for validating certification
|
||
paths. Conforming implementations of this specification are not
|
||
required to implement this algorithm, but MUST provide functionality
|
||
equivalent to the external behavior resulting from this procedure.
|
||
Any algorithm may be used by a particular implementation so long as
|
||
it derives the correct result.
|
||
|
||
In section 6.1, the text describes basic path validation. Valid
|
||
paths begin with certificates issued by a trust anchor. The
|
||
algorithm requires the public key of the CA, the CA's name, and any
|
||
constraints upon the set of paths which may be validated using this
|
||
key.
|
||
|
||
The selection of a trust anchor is a matter of policy: it could be
|
||
the top CA in a hierarchical PKI; the CA that issued the verifier's
|
||
own certificate(s); or any other CA in a network PKI. The path
|
||
validation procedure is the same regardless of the choice of trust
|
||
anchor. In addition, different applications may rely on different
|
||
trust anchor, or may accept paths that begin with any of a set of
|
||
trust anchor.
|
||
|
||
Section 6.2 describes methods for using the path validation algorithm
|
||
in specific implementations. Two specific cases are discussed: the
|
||
case where paths may begin with one of several trusted CAs; and where
|
||
compatibility with the PEM architecture is required.
|
||
|
||
Section 6.3 describes the steps necessary to determine if a
|
||
certificate is revoked or on hold status when CRLs are the revocation
|
||
mechanism used by the certificate issuer.
|
||
|
||
6.1 Basic Path Validation
|
||
|
||
This text describes an algorithm for X.509 path processing. A
|
||
conformant implementation MUST include an X.509 path processing
|
||
procedure that is functionally equivalent to the external behavior of
|
||
this algorithm. However, support for some of the certificate
|
||
extensions processed in this algorithm are OPTIONAL for compliant
|
||
implementations. Clients that do not support these extensions MAY
|
||
omit the corresponding steps in the path validation algorithm.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 63]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
For example, clients are NOT REQUIRED to support the policy mapping
|
||
extension. Clients that do not support this extension MAY omit the
|
||
path validation steps where policy mappings are processed. Note that
|
||
clients MUST reject the certificate if it contains an unsupported
|
||
critical extension.
|
||
|
||
The algorithm presented in this section validates the certificate
|
||
with respect to the current date and time. A conformant
|
||
implementation MAY also support validation with respect to some point
|
||
in the past. Note that mechanisms are not available for validating a
|
||
certificate with respect to a time outside the certificate validity
|
||
period.
|
||
|
||
The trust anchor is an input to the algorithm. There is no
|
||
requirement that the same trust anchor be used to validate all
|
||
certification paths. Different trust anchors MAY be used to validate
|
||
different paths, as discussed further in Section 6.2.
|
||
|
||
The primary goal of path validation is to verify the binding between
|
||
a subject distinguished name or a subject alternative name and
|
||
subject public key, as represented in the end entity certificate,
|
||
based on the public key of the trust anchor. This requires obtaining
|
||
a sequence of certificates that support that binding. The procedure
|
||
performed to obtain this sequence of certificates is outside the
|
||
scope of this specification.
|
||
|
||
To meet this goal, the path validation process verifies, among other
|
||
things, that a prospective certification path (a sequence of n
|
||
certificates) satisfies the following conditions:
|
||
|
||
(a) for all x in {1, ..., n-1}, the subject of certificate x is
|
||
the issuer of certificate x+1;
|
||
|
||
(b) certificate 1 is issued by the trust anchor;
|
||
|
||
(c) certificate n is the certificate to be validated; and
|
||
|
||
(d) for all x in {1, ..., n}, the certificate was valid at the
|
||
time in question.
|
||
|
||
When the trust anchor is provided in the form of a self-signed
|
||
certificate, this self-signed certificate is not included as part of
|
||
the prospective certification path. Information about trust anchors
|
||
are provided as inputs to the certification path validation algorithm
|
||
(section 6.1.1).
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 64]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
A particular certification path may not, however, be appropriate for
|
||
all applications. Therefore, an application MAY augment this
|
||
algorithm to further limit the set of valid paths. The path
|
||
validation process also determines the set of certificate policies
|
||
that are valid for this path, based on the certificate policies
|
||
extension, policy mapping extension, policy constraints extension,
|
||
and inhibit any-policy extension. To achieve this, the path
|
||
validation algorithm constructs a valid policy tree. If the set of
|
||
certificate policies that are valid for this path is not empty, then
|
||
the result will be a valid policy tree of depth n, otherwise the
|
||
result will be a null valid policy tree.
|
||
|
||
A certificate is self-issued if the DNs that appear in the subject
|
||
and issuer fields are identical and are not empty. In general, the
|
||
issuer and subject of the certificates that make up a path are
|
||
different for each certificate. However, a CA may issue a
|
||
certificate to itself to support key rollover or changes in
|
||
certificate policies. These self-issued certificates are not counted
|
||
when evaluating path length or name constraints.
|
||
|
||
This section presents the algorithm in four basic steps: (1)
|
||
initialization, (2) basic certificate processing, (3) preparation for
|
||
the next certificate, and (4) wrap-up. Steps (1) and (4) are
|
||
performed exactly once. Step (2) is performed for all certificates
|
||
in the path. Step (3) is performed for all certificates in the path
|
||
except the final certificate. Figure 2 provides a high-level
|
||
flowchart of this algorithm.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 65]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
+-------+
|
||
| START |
|
||
+-------+
|
||
|
|
||
V
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
| Initialization |
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
|
|
||
+<--------------------+
|
||
| |
|
||
V |
|
||
+----------------+ |
|
||
| Process Cert | |
|
||
+----------------+ |
|
||
| |
|
||
V |
|
||
+================+ |
|
||
| IF Last Cert | |
|
||
| in Path | |
|
||
+================+ |
|
||
| | |
|
||
THEN | | ELSE |
|
||
V V |
|
||
+----------------+ +----------------+ |
|
||
| Wrap up | | Prepare for | |
|
||
+----------------+ | Next Cert | |
|
||
| +----------------+ |
|
||
V | |
|
||
+-------+ +--------------+
|
||
| STOP |
|
||
+-------+
|
||
|
||
|
||
Figure 2. Certification Path Processing Flowchart
|
||
|
||
6.1.1 Inputs
|
||
|
||
This algorithm assumes the following seven inputs are provided to the
|
||
path processing logic:
|
||
|
||
(a) a prospective certification path of length n.
|
||
|
||
(b) the current date/time.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 66]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(c) user-initial-policy-set: A set of certificate policy
|
||
identifiers naming the policies that are acceptable to the
|
||
certificate user. The user-initial-policy-set contains the
|
||
special value any-policy if the user is not concerned about
|
||
certificate policy.
|
||
|
||
(d) trust anchor information, describing a CA that serves as a
|
||
trust anchor for the certification path. The trust anchor
|
||
information includes:
|
||
|
||
(1) the trusted issuer name,
|
||
|
||
(2) the trusted public key algorithm,
|
||
|
||
(3) the trusted public key, and
|
||
|
||
(4) optionally, the trusted public key parameters associated
|
||
with the public key.
|
||
|
||
The trust anchor information may be provided to the path
|
||
processing procedure in the form of a self-signed certificate.
|
||
The trusted anchor information is trusted because it was delivered
|
||
to the path processing procedure by some trustworthy out-of-band
|
||
procedure. If the trusted public key algorithm requires
|
||
parameters, then the parameters are provided along with the
|
||
trusted public key.
|
||
|
||
(e) initial-policy-mapping-inhibit, which indicates if policy
|
||
mapping is allowed in the certification path.
|
||
|
||
(f) initial-explicit-policy, which indicates if the path must be
|
||
valid for at least one of the certificate policies in the user-
|
||
initial-policy-set.
|
||
|
||
(g) initial-any-policy-inhibit, which indicates whether the
|
||
anyPolicy OID should be processed if it is included in a
|
||
certificate.
|
||
|
||
6.1.2 Initialization
|
||
|
||
This initialization phase establishes eleven state variables based
|
||
upon the seven inputs:
|
||
|
||
(a) valid_policy_tree: A tree of certificate policies with their
|
||
optional qualifiers; each of the leaves of the tree represents a
|
||
valid policy at this stage in the certification path validation.
|
||
If valid policies exist at this stage in the certification path
|
||
validation, the depth of the tree is equal to the number of
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 67]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
certificates in the chain that have been processed. If valid
|
||
policies do not exist at this stage in the certification path
|
||
validation, the tree is set to NULL. Once the tree is set to
|
||
NULL, policy processing ceases.
|
||
|
||
Each node in the valid_policy_tree includes four data objects: the
|
||
valid policy, a set of associated policy qualifiers, a set of one
|
||
or more expected policy values, and a criticality indicator. If
|
||
the node is at depth x, the components of the node have the
|
||
following semantics:
|
||
|
||
(1) The valid_policy is a single policy OID representing a
|
||
valid policy for the path of length x.
|
||
|
||
(2) The qualifier_set is a set of policy qualifiers associated
|
||
with the valid policy in certificate x.
|
||
|
||
(3) The criticality_indicator indicates whether the
|
||
certificate policy extension in certificate x was marked as
|
||
critical.
|
||
|
||
(4) The expected_policy_set contains one or more policy OIDs
|
||
that would satisfy this policy in the certificate x+1.
|
||
|
||
The initial value of the valid_policy_tree is a single node with
|
||
valid_policy anyPolicy, an empty qualifier_set, an
|
||
expected_policy_set with the single value anyPolicy, and a
|
||
criticality_indicator of FALSE. This node is considered to be at
|
||
depth zero.
|
||
|
||
Figure 3 is a graphic representation of the initial state of the
|
||
valid_policy_tree. Additional figures will use this format to
|
||
describe changes in the valid_policy_tree during path processing.
|
||
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
| anyPolicy | <---- valid_policy
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
| {} | <---- qualifier_set
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
| FALSE | <---- criticality_indicator
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
| {anyPolicy} | <---- expected_policy_set
|
||
+----------------+
|
||
|
||
Figure 3. Initial value of the valid_policy_tree state variable
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 68]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(b) permitted_subtrees: A set of root names for each name type
|
||
(e.g., X.500 distinguished names, email addresses, or ip
|
||
addresses) defining a set of subtrees within which all subject
|
||
names in subsequent certificates in the certification path MUST
|
||
fall. This variable includes a set for each name type: the
|
||
initial value for the set for Distinguished Names is the set of
|
||
all Distinguished names; the initial value for the set of RFC822
|
||
names is the set of all RFC822 names, etc.
|
||
|
||
(c) excluded_subtrees: A set of root names for each name type
|
||
(e.g., X.500 distinguished names, email addresses, or ip
|
||
addresses) defining a set of subtrees within which no subject name
|
||
in subsequent certificates in the certification path may fall.
|
||
This variable includes a set for each name type, and the initial
|
||
value for each set is empty.
|
||
|
||
(d) explicit_policy: an integer which indicates if a non-NULL
|
||
valid_policy_tree is required. The integer indicates the number of
|
||
non-self-issued certificates to be processed before this
|
||
requirement is imposed. Once set, this variable may be decreased,
|
||
but may not be increased. That is, if a certificate in the path
|
||
requires a non-NULL valid_policy_tree, a later certificate can not
|
||
remove this requirement. If initial-explicit-policy is set, then
|
||
the initial value is 0, otherwise the initial value is n+1.
|
||
|
||
(e) inhibit_any-policy: an integer which indicates whether the
|
||
anyPolicy policy identifier is considered a match. The integer
|
||
indicates the number of non-self-issued certificates to be
|
||
processed before the anyPolicy OID, if asserted in a certificate,
|
||
is ignored. Once set, this variable may be decreased, but may not
|
||
be increased. That is, if a certificate in the path inhibits
|
||
processing of anyPolicy, a later certificate can not permit it.
|
||
If initial-any-policy-inhibit is set, then the initial value is 0,
|
||
otherwise the initial value is n+1.
|
||
|
||
(f) policy_mapping: an integer which indicates if policy mapping
|
||
is permitted. The integer indicates the number of non-self-issued
|
||
certificates to be processed before policy mapping is inhibited.
|
||
Once set, this variable may be decreased, but may not be
|
||
increased. That is, if a certificate in the path specifies policy
|
||
mapping is not permitted, it can not be overridden by a later
|
||
certificate. If initial-policy-mapping-inhibit is set, then the
|
||
initial value is 0, otherwise the initial value is n+1.
|
||
|
||
(g) working_public_key_algorithm: the digital signature algorithm
|
||
used to verify the signature of a certificate. The
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm is initialized from the trusted
|
||
public key algorithm provided in the trust anchor information.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 69]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(h) working_public_key: the public key used to verify the
|
||
signature of a certificate. The working_public_key is initialized
|
||
from the trusted public key provided in the trust anchor
|
||
information.
|
||
|
||
(i) working_public_key_parameters: parameters associated with the
|
||
current public key, that may be required to verify a signature
|
||
(depending upon the algorithm). The working_public_key_parameters
|
||
variable is initialized from the trusted public key parameters
|
||
provided in the trust anchor information.
|
||
|
||
(j) working_issuer_name: the issuer distinguished name expected
|
||
in the next certificate in the chain. The working_issuer_name is
|
||
initialized to the trusted issuer provided in the trust anchor
|
||
information.
|
||
|
||
(k) max_path_length: this integer is initialized to n, is
|
||
decremented for each non-self-issued certificate in the path, and
|
||
may be reduced to the value in the path length constraint field
|
||
within the basic constraints extension of a CA certificate.
|
||
|
||
Upon completion of the initialization steps, perform the basic
|
||
certificate processing steps specified in 6.1.3.
|
||
|
||
6.1.3 Basic Certificate Processing
|
||
|
||
The basic path processing actions to be performed for certificate i
|
||
(for all i in [1..n]) are listed below.
|
||
|
||
(a) Verify the basic certificate information. The certificate
|
||
MUST satisfy each of the following:
|
||
|
||
(1) The certificate was signed with the
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm using the working_public_key and
|
||
the working_public_key_parameters.
|
||
|
||
(2) The certificate validity period includes the current time.
|
||
|
||
(3) At the current time, the certificate is not revoked and is
|
||
not on hold status. This may be determined by obtaining the
|
||
appropriate CRL (section 6.3), status information, or by out-
|
||
of-band mechanisms.
|
||
|
||
(4) The certificate issuer name is the working_issuer_name.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 70]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(b) If certificate i is self-issued and it is not the final
|
||
certificate in the path, skip this step for certificate i.
|
||
Otherwise, verify that the subject name is within one of the
|
||
permitted_subtrees for X.500 distinguished names, and verify that
|
||
each of the alternative names in the subjectAltName extension
|
||
(critical or non-critical) is within one of the permitted_subtrees
|
||
for that name type.
|
||
|
||
(c) If certificate i is self-issued and it is not the final
|
||
certificate in the path, skip this step for certificate i.
|
||
Otherwise, verify that the subject name is not within one of the
|
||
excluded_subtrees for X.500 distinguished names, and verify that
|
||
each of the alternative names in the subjectAltName extension
|
||
(critical or non-critical) is not within one of the
|
||
excluded_subtrees for that name type.
|
||
|
||
(d) If the certificate policies extension is present in the
|
||
certificate and the valid_policy_tree is not NULL, process the
|
||
policy information by performing the following steps in order:
|
||
|
||
(1) For each policy P not equal to anyPolicy in the
|
||
certificate policies extension, let P-OID denote the OID in
|
||
policy P and P-Q denote the qualifier set for policy P.
|
||
Perform the following steps in order:
|
||
|
||
(i) If the valid_policy_tree includes a node of depth i-1
|
||
where P-OID is in the expected_policy_set, create a child
|
||
node as follows: set the valid_policy to OID-P; set the
|
||
qualifier_set to P-Q, and set the expected_policy_set to
|
||
{P-OID}.
|
||
|
||
For example, consider a valid_policy_tree with a node of
|
||
depth i-1 where the expected_policy_set is {Gold, White}.
|
||
Assume the certificate policies Gold and Silver appear in
|
||
the certificate policies extension of certificate i. The
|
||
Gold policy is matched but the Silver policy is not. This
|
||
rule will generate a child node of depth i for the Gold
|
||
policy. The result is shown as Figure 4.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 71]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| Red |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {} |
|
||
+-----------------+ node of depth i-1
|
||
| FALSE |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {Gold, White} |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
V
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| Gold |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {} |
|
||
+-----------------+ node of depth i
|
||
| uninitialized |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {Gold} |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
|
||
Figure 4. Processing an exact match
|
||
|
||
(ii) If there was no match in step (i) and the
|
||
valid_policy_tree includes a node of depth i-1 with the
|
||
valid policy anyPolicy, generate a child node with the
|
||
following values: set the valid_policy to P-OID; set the
|
||
qualifier_set to P-Q, and set the expected_policy_set to
|
||
{P-OID}.
|
||
|
||
For example, consider a valid_policy_tree with a node of
|
||
depth i-1 where the valid_policy is anyPolicy. Assume the
|
||
certificate policies Gold and Silver appear in the
|
||
certificate policies extension of certificate i. The Gold
|
||
policy does not have a qualifier, but the Silver policy has
|
||
the qualifier Q-Silver. If Gold and Silver were not matched
|
||
in (i) above, this rule will generate two child nodes of
|
||
depth i, one for each policy. The result is shown as Figure
|
||
5.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 72]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| anyPolicy |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {} |
|
||
+-----------------+ node of depth i-1
|
||
| FALSE |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {anyPolicy} |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
/ \
|
||
/ \
|
||
/ \
|
||
/ \
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
| Gold | | Silver |
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
| {} | | {Q-Silver} |
|
||
+-----------------+ nodes of +-----------------+
|
||
| uninitialized | depth i | uninitialized |
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
| {Gold} | | {Silver} |
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
|
||
Figure 5. Processing unmatched policies when a leaf node
|
||
specifies anyPolicy
|
||
|
||
(2) If the certificate policies extension includes the policy
|
||
anyPolicy with the qualifier set AP-Q and either (a)
|
||
inhibit_any-policy is greater than 0 or (b) i<n and the
|
||
certificate is self-issued, then:
|
||
|
||
For each node in the valid_policy_tree of depth i-1, for each
|
||
value in the expected_policy_set (including anyPolicy) that
|
||
does not appear in a child node, create a child node with the
|
||
following values: set the valid_policy to the value from the
|
||
expected_policy_set in the parent node; set the qualifier_set
|
||
to AP-Q, and set the expected_policy_set to the value in the
|
||
valid_policy from this node.
|
||
|
||
For example, consider a valid_policy_tree with a node of depth
|
||
i-1 where the expected_policy_set is {Gold, Silver}. Assume
|
||
anyPolicy appears in the certificate policies extension of
|
||
certificate i, but Gold and Silver do not. This rule will
|
||
generate two child nodes of depth i, one for each policy. The
|
||
result is shown below as Figure 6.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 73]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| Red |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {} |
|
||
+-----------------+ node of depth i-1
|
||
| FALSE |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
| {Gold, Silver} |
|
||
+-----------------+
|
||
/ \
|
||
/ \
|
||
/ \
|
||
/ \
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
| Gold | | Silver |
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
| {} | | {} |
|
||
+-----------------+ nodes of +-----------------+
|
||
| uninitialized | depth i | uninitialized |
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
| {Gold} | | {Silver} |
|
||
+-----------------+ +-----------------+
|
||
|
||
Figure 6. Processing unmatched policies when the certificate
|
||
policies extension specifies anyPolicy
|
||
|
||
(3) If there is a node in the valid_policy_tree of depth i-1
|
||
or less without any child nodes, delete that node. Repeat this
|
||
step until there are no nodes of depth i-1 or less without
|
||
children.
|
||
|
||
For example, consider the valid_policy_tree shown in Figure 7
|
||
below. The two nodes at depth i-1 that are marked with an 'X'
|
||
have no children, and are deleted. Applying this rule to the
|
||
resulting tree will cause the node at depth i-2 that is marked
|
||
with an 'Y' to be deleted. The following application of the
|
||
rule does not cause any nodes to be deleted, and this step is
|
||
complete.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 74]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
+-----------+
|
||
| | node of depth i-3
|
||
+-----------+
|
||
/ | \
|
||
/ | \
|
||
/ | \
|
||
+-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+
|
||
| | | | | Y | nodes of
|
||
+-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ depth i-2
|
||
/ \ | |
|
||
/ \ | |
|
||
/ \ | |
|
||
+-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ nodes of
|
||
| | | X | | | | X | depth
|
||
+-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ i-1
|
||
| / | \
|
||
| / | \
|
||
| / | \
|
||
+-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ nodes of
|
||
| | | | | | | | depth
|
||
+-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ i
|
||
|
||
Figure 7. Pruning the valid_policy_tree
|
||
|
||
(4) If the certificate policies extension was marked as
|
||
critical, set the criticality_indicator in all nodes of depth i
|
||
to TRUE. If the certificate policies extension was not marked
|
||
critical, set the criticality_indicator in all nodes of depth i
|
||
to FALSE.
|
||
|
||
(e) If the certificate policies extension is not present, set the
|
||
valid_policy_tree to NULL.
|
||
|
||
(f) Verify that either explicit_policy is greater than 0 or the
|
||
valid_policy_tree is not equal to NULL;
|
||
|
||
If any of steps (a), (b), (c), or (f) fails, the procedure
|
||
terminates, returning a failure indication and an appropriate reason.
|
||
|
||
If i is not equal to n, continue by performing the preparatory steps
|
||
listed in 6.1.4. If i is equal to n, perform the wrap-up steps
|
||
listed in 6.1.5.
|
||
|
||
6.1.4 Preparation for Certificate i+1
|
||
|
||
To prepare for processing of certificate i+1, perform the following
|
||
steps for certificate i:
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 75]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(a) If a policy mapping extension is present, verify that the
|
||
special value anyPolicy does not appear as an issuerDomainPolicy
|
||
or a subjectDomainPolicy.
|
||
|
||
(b) If a policy mapping extension is present, then for each
|
||
issuerDomainPolicy ID-P in the policy mapping extension:
|
||
|
||
(1) If the policy_mapping variable is greater than 0, for each
|
||
node in the valid_policy_tree of depth i where ID-P is the
|
||
valid_policy, set expected_policy_set to the set of
|
||
subjectDomainPolicy values that are specified as equivalent to
|
||
ID-P by the policy mapping extension.
|
||
|
||
If no node of depth i in the valid_policy_tree has a
|
||
valid_policy of ID-P but there is a node of depth i with a
|
||
valid_policy of anyPolicy, then generate a child node of the
|
||
node of depth i-1 that has a valid_policy of anyPolicy as
|
||
follows:
|
||
|
||
(i) set the valid_policy to ID-P;
|
||
|
||
(ii) set the qualifier_set to the qualifier set of the
|
||
policy anyPolicy in the certificate policies extension of
|
||
certificate i;
|
||
|
||
(iii) set the criticality_indicator to the criticality of
|
||
the certificate policies extension of certificate i;
|
||
|
||
(iv) and set the expected_policy_set to the set of
|
||
subjectDomainPolicy values that are specified as equivalent
|
||
to ID-P by the policy mappings extension.
|
||
|
||
(2) If the policy_mapping variable is equal to 0:
|
||
|
||
(i) delete each node of depth i in the valid_policy_tree
|
||
where ID-P is the valid_policy.
|
||
|
||
(ii) If there is a node in the valid_policy_tree of depth
|
||
i-1 or less without any child nodes, delete that node.
|
||
Repeat this step until there are no nodes of depth i-1 or
|
||
less without children.
|
||
|
||
(c) Assign the certificate subject name to working_issuer_name.
|
||
|
||
(d) Assign the certificate subjectPublicKey to
|
||
working_public_key.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 76]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(e) If the subjectPublicKeyInfo field of the certificate contains
|
||
an algorithm field with non-null parameters, assign the parameters
|
||
to the working_public_key_parameters variable.
|
||
|
||
If the subjectPublicKeyInfo field of the certificate contains an
|
||
algorithm field with null parameters or parameters are omitted,
|
||
compare the certificate subjectPublicKey algorithm to the
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm. If the certificate subjectPublicKey
|
||
algorithm and the working_public_key_algorithm are different, set
|
||
the working_public_key_parameters to null.
|
||
|
||
(f) Assign the certificate subjectPublicKey algorithm to the
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm variable.
|
||
|
||
(g) If a name constraints extension is included in the
|
||
certificate, modify the permitted_subtrees and excluded_subtrees
|
||
state variables as follows:
|
||
|
||
(1) If permittedSubtrees is present in the certificate, set
|
||
the permitted_subtrees state variable to the intersection of
|
||
its previous value and the value indicated in the extension
|
||
field. If permittedSubtrees does not include a particular name
|
||
type, the permitted_subtrees state variable is unchanged for
|
||
that name type. For example, the intersection of nist.gov and
|
||
csrc.nist.gov is csrc.nist.gov. And, the intersection of
|
||
nist.gov and rsasecurity.com is the empty set.
|
||
|
||
(2) If excludedSubtrees is present in the certificate, set the
|
||
excluded_subtrees state variable to the union of its previous
|
||
value and the value indicated in the extension field. If
|
||
excludedSubtrees does not include a particular name type, the
|
||
excluded_subtrees state variable is unchanged for that name
|
||
type. For example, the union of the name spaces nist.gov and
|
||
csrc.nist.gov is nist.gov. And, the union of nist.gov and
|
||
rsasecurity.com is both name spaces.
|
||
|
||
(h) If the issuer and subject names are not identical:
|
||
|
||
(1) If explicit_policy is not 0, decrement explicit_policy by
|
||
1.
|
||
|
||
(2) If policy_mapping is not 0, decrement policy_mapping by 1.
|
||
|
||
(3) If inhibit_any-policy is not 0, decrement inhibit_any-
|
||
policy by 1.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 77]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(i) If a policy constraints extension is included in the
|
||
certificate, modify the explicit_policy and policy_mapping state
|
||
variables as follows:
|
||
|
||
(1) If requireExplicitPolicy is present and is less than
|
||
explicit_policy, set explicit_policy to the value of
|
||
requireExplicitPolicy.
|
||
|
||
(2) If inhibitPolicyMapping is present and is less than
|
||
policy_mapping, set policy_mapping to the value of
|
||
inhibitPolicyMapping.
|
||
|
||
(j) If the inhibitAnyPolicy extension is included in the
|
||
certificate and is less than inhibit_any-policy, set inhibit_any-
|
||
policy to the value of inhibitAnyPolicy.
|
||
|
||
(k) Verify that the certificate is a CA certificate (as specified
|
||
in a basicConstraints extension or as verified out-of-band).
|
||
|
||
(l) If the certificate was not self-issued, verify that
|
||
max_path_length is greater than zero and decrement max_path_length
|
||
by 1.
|
||
|
||
(m) If pathLengthConstraint is present in the certificate and is
|
||
less than max_path_length, set max_path_length to the value of
|
||
pathLengthConstraint.
|
||
|
||
(n) If a key usage extension is present, verify that the
|
||
keyCertSign bit is set.
|
||
|
||
(o) Recognize and process any other critical extension present in
|
||
the certificate. Process any other recognized non-critical
|
||
extension present in the certificate.
|
||
|
||
If check (a), (k), (l), (n) or (o) fails, the procedure terminates,
|
||
returning a failure indication and an appropriate reason.
|
||
|
||
If (a), (k), (l), (n) and (o) have completed successfully, increment
|
||
i and perform the basic certificate processing specified in 6.1.3.
|
||
|
||
6.1.5 Wrap-up procedure
|
||
|
||
To complete the processing of the end entity certificate, perform the
|
||
following steps for certificate n:
|
||
|
||
(a) If certificate n was not self-issued and explicit_policy is
|
||
not 0, decrement explicit_policy by 1.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 78]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(b) If a policy constraints extension is included in the
|
||
certificate and requireExplicitPolicy is present and has a value
|
||
of 0, set the explicit_policy state variable to 0.
|
||
|
||
(c) Assign the certificate subjectPublicKey to
|
||
working_public_key.
|
||
|
||
(d) If the subjectPublicKeyInfo field of the certificate contains
|
||
an algorithm field with non-null parameters, assign the parameters
|
||
to the working_public_key_parameters variable.
|
||
|
||
If the subjectPublicKeyInfo field of the certificate contains an
|
||
algorithm field with null parameters or parameters are omitted,
|
||
compare the certificate subjectPublicKey algorithm to the
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm. If the certificate subjectPublicKey
|
||
algorithm and the working_public_key_algorithm are different, set
|
||
the working_public_key_parameters to null.
|
||
|
||
(e) Assign the certificate subjectPublicKey algorithm to the
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm variable.
|
||
|
||
(f) Recognize and process any other critical extension present in
|
||
the certificate n. Process any other recognized non-critical
|
||
extension present in certificate n.
|
||
|
||
(g) Calculate the intersection of the valid_policy_tree and the
|
||
user-initial-policy-set, as follows:
|
||
|
||
(i) If the valid_policy_tree is NULL, the intersection is
|
||
NULL.
|
||
|
||
(ii) If the valid_policy_tree is not NULL and the user-
|
||
initial-policy-set is any-policy, the intersection is the
|
||
entire valid_policy_tree.
|
||
|
||
(iii) If the valid_policy_tree is not NULL and the user-
|
||
initial-policy-set is not any-policy, calculate the
|
||
intersection of the valid_policy_tree and the user-initial-
|
||
policy-set as follows:
|
||
|
||
1. Determine the set of policy nodes whose parent nodes
|
||
have a valid_policy of anyPolicy. This is the
|
||
valid_policy_node_set.
|
||
|
||
2. If the valid_policy of any node in the
|
||
valid_policy_node_set is not in the user-initial-policy-set
|
||
and is not anyPolicy, delete this node and all its children.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 79]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
3. If the valid_policy_tree includes a node of depth n with
|
||
the valid_policy anyPolicy and the user-initial-policy-set
|
||
is not any-policy perform the following steps:
|
||
|
||
a. Set P-Q to the qualifier_set in the node of depth n
|
||
with valid_policy anyPolicy.
|
||
|
||
b. For each P-OID in the user-initial-policy-set that is
|
||
not the valid_policy of a node in the
|
||
valid_policy_node_set, create a child node whose parent
|
||
is the node of depth n-1 with the valid_policy anyPolicy.
|
||
Set the values in the child node as follows: set the
|
||
valid_policy to P-OID; set the qualifier_set to P-Q; copy
|
||
the criticality_indicator from the node of depth n with
|
||
the valid_policy anyPolicy; and set the
|
||
expected_policy_set to {P-OID}.
|
||
|
||
c. Delete the node of depth n with the valid_policy
|
||
anyPolicy.
|
||
|
||
4. If there is a node in the valid_policy_tree of depth n-1
|
||
or less without any child nodes, delete that node. Repeat
|
||
this step until there are no nodes of depth n-1 or less
|
||
without children.
|
||
|
||
If either (1) the value of explicit_policy variable is greater than
|
||
zero, or (2) the valid_policy_tree is not NULL, then path processing
|
||
has succeeded.
|
||
|
||
6.1.6 Outputs
|
||
|
||
If path processing succeeds, the procedure terminates, returning a
|
||
success indication together with final value of the
|
||
valid_policy_tree, the working_public_key, the
|
||
working_public_key_algorithm, and the working_public_key_parameters.
|
||
|
||
6.2 Using the Path Validation Algorithm
|
||
|
||
The path validation algorithm describes the process of validating a
|
||
single certification path. While each certification path begins with
|
||
a specific trust anchor, there is no requirement that all
|
||
certification paths validated by a particular system share a single
|
||
trust anchor. An implementation that supports multiple trust anchors
|
||
MAY augment the algorithm presented in section 6.1 to further limit
|
||
the set of valid certification paths which begin with a particular
|
||
trust anchor. For example, an implementation MAY modify the
|
||
algorithm to apply name constraints to a specific trust anchor during
|
||
the initialization phase, or the application MAY require the presence
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 80]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
of a particular alternative name form in the end entity certificate,
|
||
or the application MAY impose requirements on application-specific
|
||
extensions. Thus, the path validation algorithm presented in section
|
||
6.1 defines the minimum conditions for a path to be considered valid.
|
||
|
||
The selection of one or more trusted CAs is a local decision. A
|
||
system may provide any one of its trusted CAs as the trust anchor for
|
||
a particular path. The inputs to the path validation algorithm may
|
||
be different for each path. The inputs used to process a path may
|
||
reflect application-specific requirements or limitations in the trust
|
||
accorded a particular trust anchor. For example, a trusted CA may
|
||
only be trusted for a particular certificate policy. This
|
||
restriction can be expressed through the inputs to the path
|
||
validation procedure.
|
||
|
||
It is also possible to specify an extended version of the above
|
||
certification path processing procedure which results in default
|
||
behavior identical to the rules of PEM [RFC 1422]. In this extended
|
||
version, additional inputs to the procedure are a list of one or more
|
||
Policy Certification Authority (PCA) names and an indicator of the
|
||
position in the certification path where the PCA is expected. At the
|
||
nominated PCA position, the CA name is compared against this list.
|
||
If a recognized PCA name is found, then a constraint of
|
||
SubordinateToCA is implicitly assumed for the remainder of the
|
||
certification path and processing continues. If no valid PCA name is
|
||
found, and if the certification path cannot be validated on the basis
|
||
of identified policies, then the certification path is considered
|
||
invalid.
|
||
|
||
6.3 CRL Validation
|
||
|
||
This section describes the steps necessary to determine if a
|
||
certificate is revoked or on hold status when CRLs are the revocation
|
||
mechanism used by the certificate issuer. Conforming implementations
|
||
that support CRLs are not required to implement this algorithm, but
|
||
they MUST be functionally equivalent to the external behavior
|
||
resulting from this procedure. Any algorithm may be used by a
|
||
particular implementation so long as it derives the correct result.
|
||
|
||
This algorithm assumes that all of the needed CRLs are available in a
|
||
local cache. Further, if the next update time of a CRL has passed,
|
||
the algorithm assumes a mechanism to fetch a current CRL and place it
|
||
in the local CRL cache.
|
||
|
||
This algorithm defines a set of inputs, a set of state variables, and
|
||
processing steps that are performed for each certificate in the path.
|
||
The algorithm output is the revocation status of the certificate.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 81]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
6.3.1 Revocation Inputs
|
||
|
||
To support revocation processing, the algorithm requires two inputs:
|
||
|
||
(a) certificate: The algorithm requires the certificate serial
|
||
number and issuer name to determine whether a certificate is on a
|
||
particular CRL. The basicConstraints extension is used to
|
||
determine whether the supplied certificate is associated with a CA
|
||
or an end entity. If present, the algorithm uses the
|
||
cRLDistributionsPoint and freshestCRL extensions to determine
|
||
revocation status.
|
||
|
||
(b) use-deltas: This boolean input determines whether delta CRLs
|
||
are applied to CRLs.
|
||
|
||
Note that implementations supporting legacy PKIs, such as RFC 1422
|
||
and X.509 version 1, will need an additional input indicating
|
||
whether the supplied certificate is associated with a CA or an end
|
||
entity.
|
||
|
||
6.3.2 Initialization and Revocation State Variables
|
||
|
||
To support CRL processing, the algorithm requires the following state
|
||
variables:
|
||
|
||
(a) reasons_mask: This variable contains the set of revocation
|
||
reasons supported by the CRLs and delta CRLs processed so far.
|
||
The legal members of the set are the possible revocation reason
|
||
values: unspecified, keyCompromise, caCompromise,
|
||
affiliationChanged, superseded, cessationOfOperation,
|
||
certificateHold, privilegeWithdrawn, and aACompromise. The
|
||
special value all-reasons is used to denote the set of all legal
|
||
members. This variable is initialized to the empty set.
|
||
|
||
(b) cert_status: This variable contains the status of the
|
||
certificate. This variable may be assigned one of the following
|
||
values: unspecified, keyCompromise, caCompromise,
|
||
affiliationChanged, superseded, cessationOfOperation,
|
||
certificateHold, removeFromCRL, privilegeWithdrawn, aACompromise,
|
||
the special value UNREVOKED, or the special value UNDETERMINED.
|
||
This variable is initialized to the special value UNREVOKED.
|
||
|
||
(c) interim_reasons_mask: This contains the set of revocation
|
||
reasons supported by the CRL or delta CRL currently being
|
||
processed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 82]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Note: In some environments, it is not necessary to check all reason
|
||
codes. For example, some environments are only concerned with
|
||
caCompromise and keyCompromise for CA certificates. This algorithm
|
||
checks all reason codes. Additional processing and state variables
|
||
may be necessary to limit the checking to a subset of the reason
|
||
codes.
|
||
|
||
6.3.3 CRL Processing
|
||
|
||
This algorithm begins by assuming the certificate is not revoked.
|
||
The algorithm checks one or more CRLs until either the certificate
|
||
status is determined to be revoked or sufficient CRLs have been
|
||
checked to cover all reason codes.
|
||
|
||
For each distribution point (DP) in the certificate CRL distribution
|
||
points extension, for each corresponding CRL in the local CRL cache,
|
||
while ((reasons_mask is not all-reasons) and (cert_status is
|
||
UNREVOKED)) perform the following:
|
||
|
||
(a) Update the local CRL cache by obtaining a complete CRL, a
|
||
delta CRL, or both, as required:
|
||
|
||
(1) If the current time is after the value of the CRL next
|
||
update field, then do one of the following:
|
||
|
||
(i) If use-deltas is set and either the certificate or the
|
||
CRL contains the freshest CRL extension, obtain a delta CRL
|
||
with the a next update value that is after the current time
|
||
and can be used to update the locally cached CRL as
|
||
specified in section 5.2.4.
|
||
|
||
(ii) Update the local CRL cache with a current complete
|
||
CRL, verify that the current time is before the next update
|
||
value in the new CRL, and continue processing with the new
|
||
CRL. If use-deltas is set, then obtain the current delta
|
||
CRL that can be used to update the new locally cached
|
||
complete CRL as specified in section 5.2.4.
|
||
|
||
(2) If the current time is before the value of the next update
|
||
field and use-deltas is set, then obtain the current delta CRL
|
||
that can be used to update the locally cached complete CRL as
|
||
specified in section 5.2.4.
|
||
|
||
(b) Verify the issuer and scope of the complete CRL as follows:
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 83]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(1) If the DP includes cRLIssuer, then verify that the issuer
|
||
field in the complete CRL matches cRLIssuer in the DP and that
|
||
the complete CRL contains an issuing distribution point
|
||
extension with the indrectCRL boolean asserted. Otherwise,
|
||
verify that the CRL issuer matches the certificate issuer.
|
||
|
||
(2) If the complete CRL includes an issuing distribution point
|
||
(IDP) CRL extension check the following:
|
||
|
||
(i) If the distribution point name is present in the IDP
|
||
CRL extension and the distribution field is present in the
|
||
DP, then verify that one of the names in the IDP matches one
|
||
of the names in the DP. If the distribution point name is
|
||
present in the IDP CRL extension and the distribution field
|
||
is omitted from the DP, then verify that one of the names in
|
||
the IDP matches one of the names in the cRLIssuer field of
|
||
the DP.
|
||
|
||
(ii) If the onlyContainsUserCerts boolean is asserted in
|
||
the IDP CRL extension, verify that the certificate does not
|
||
include the basic constraints extension with the cA boolean
|
||
asserted.
|
||
|
||
(iii) If the onlyContainsCACerts boolean is asserted in the
|
||
IDP CRL extension, verify that the certificate includes the
|
||
basic constraints extension with the cA boolean asserted.
|
||
|
||
(iv) Verify that the onlyContainsAttributeCerts boolean is
|
||
not asserted.
|
||
|
||
(c) If use-deltas is set, verify the issuer and scope of the
|
||
delta CRL as follows:
|
||
|
||
(1) Verify that the delta CRL issuer matches complete CRL
|
||
issuer.
|
||
|
||
(2) If the complete CRL includes an issuing distribution point
|
||
(IDP) CRL extension, verify that the delta CRL contains a
|
||
matching IDP CRL extension. If the complete CRL omits an IDP
|
||
CRL extension, verify that the delta CRL also omits an IDP CRL
|
||
extension.
|
||
|
||
(3) Verify that the delta CRL authority key identifier
|
||
extension matches complete CRL authority key identifier
|
||
extension.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 84]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(d) Compute the interim_reasons_mask for this CRL as follows:
|
||
|
||
(1) If the issuing distribution point (IDP) CRL extension is
|
||
present and includes onlySomeReasons and the DP includes
|
||
reasons, then set interim_reasons_mask to the intersection of
|
||
reasons in the DP and onlySomeReasons in IDP CRL extension.
|
||
|
||
(2) If the IDP CRL extension includes onlySomeReasons but the
|
||
DP omits reasons, then set interim_reasons_mask to the value of
|
||
onlySomeReasons in IDP CRL extension.
|
||
|
||
(3) If the IDP CRL extension is not present or omits
|
||
onlySomeReasons but the DP includes reasons, then set
|
||
interim_reasons_mask to the value of DP reasons.
|
||
|
||
(4) If the IDP CRL extension is not present or omits
|
||
onlySomeReasons and the DP omits reasons, then set
|
||
interim_reasons_mask to the special value all-reasons.
|
||
|
||
(e) Verify that interim_reasons_mask includes one or more reasons
|
||
that is not included in the reasons_mask.
|
||
|
||
(f) Obtain and validate the certification path for the complete CRL
|
||
issuer. If a key usage extension is present in the CRL issuer's
|
||
certificate, verify that the cRLSign bit is set.
|
||
|
||
(g) Validate the signature on the complete CRL using the public key
|
||
validated in step (f).
|
||
|
||
(h) If use-deltas is set, then validate the signature on the delta
|
||
CRL using the public key validated in step (f).
|
||
|
||
(i) If use-deltas is set, then search for the certificate on the
|
||
delta CRL. If an entry is found that matches the certificate issuer
|
||
and serial number as described in section 5.3.4, then set the
|
||
cert_status variable to the indicated reason as follows:
|
||
|
||
(1) If the reason code CRL entry extension is present, set the
|
||
cert_status variable to the value of the reason code CRL entry
|
||
extension.
|
||
|
||
(2) If the reason code CRL entry extension is not present, set
|
||
the cert_status variable to the value unspecified.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 85]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(j) If (cert_status is UNREVOKED), then search for the
|
||
certificate on the complete CRL. If an entry is found that
|
||
matches the certificate issuer and serial number as described in
|
||
section 5.3.4, then set the cert_status variable to the indicated
|
||
reason as described in step (i).
|
||
|
||
(k) If (cert_status is removeFromCRL), then set cert_status to
|
||
UNREVOKED.
|
||
|
||
If ((reasons_mask is all-reasons) OR (cert_status is not UNREVOKED)),
|
||
then the revocation status has been determined, so return
|
||
cert_status.
|
||
|
||
If the revocation status has not been determined, repeat the process
|
||
above with any available CRLs not specified in a distribution point
|
||
but issued by the certificate issuer. For the processing of such a
|
||
CRL, assume a DP with both the reasons and the cRLIssuer fields
|
||
omitted and a distribution point name of the certificate issuer.
|
||
That is, the sequence of names in fullName is generated from the
|
||
certificate issuer field as well as the certificate issuerAltName
|
||
extension. If the revocation status remains undetermined, then
|
||
return the cert_status UNDETERMINED.
|
||
|
||
7 References
|
||
|
||
[ISO 10646] ISO/IEC 10646-1:1993. International Standard --
|
||
Information technology -- Universal Multiple-Octet Coded
|
||
Character Set (UCS) -- Part 1: Architecture and Basic
|
||
Multilingual Plane.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 791] Postel, J., "Internet Protocol", STD 5, RFC 791,
|
||
September 1981.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 822] Crocker, D., "Standard for the format of ARPA Internet
|
||
text messages", STD 11, RFC 822, August 1982.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1034] Mockapetris, P., "Domain Names - Concepts and
|
||
Facilities", STD 13, RFC 1034, November 1987.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1422] Kent, S., "Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic
|
||
Mail: Part II: Certificate-Based Key Management," RFC
|
||
1422, February 1993.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1423] Balenson, D., "Privacy Enhancement for Internet
|
||
Electronic Mail: Part III: Algorithms, Modes, and
|
||
Identifiers," RFC 1423, February 1993.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 86]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1510] Kohl, J. and C. Neuman, "The Kerberos Network
|
||
Authentication Service (V5)," RFC 1510, September 1993.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1519] Fuller, V., T. Li, J. Yu and K. Varadhan, "Classless
|
||
Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR): An Address Assignment and
|
||
Aggregation Strategy", RFC 1519, September 1993.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1738] Berners-Lee, T., L. Masinter and M. McCahill, "Uniform
|
||
Resource Locators (URL)", RFC 1738, December 1994.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1778] Howes, T., S. Kille, W. Yeong and C. Robbins, "The String
|
||
Representation of Standard Attribute Syntaxes," RFC 1778,
|
||
March 1995.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 1883] Deering, S. and R. Hinden. "Internet Protocol, Version 6
|
||
(IPv6) Specification", RFC 1883, December 1995.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2044] F. Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of
|
||
Unicode and ISO 10646", RFC 2044, October 1996.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
|
||
Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2247] Kille, S., M. Wahl, A. Grimstad, R. Huber and S.
|
||
Sataluri, "Using Domains in LDAP/X.500 Distinguished
|
||
Names", RFC 2247, January 1998.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2252] Wahl, M., A. Coulbeck, T. Howes and S. Kille,
|
||
"Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (v3): Attribute
|
||
Syntax Definitions", RFC 2252, December 1997.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2277] Alvestrand, H., "IETF Policy on Character Sets and
|
||
Languages", BCP 18, RFC 2277, January 1998.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2279] Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO
|
||
10646", RFC 2279, January 1998.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2459] Housley, R., W. Ford, W. Polk and D. Solo, "Internet
|
||
X.509 Public Key Infrastructure: Certificate and CRL
|
||
Profile", RFC 2459, January 1999.
|
||
|
||
[RFC 2560] Myers, M., R. Ankney, A. Malpani, S. Galperin and C.
|
||
Adams, "Online Certificate Status Protocal - OCSP", June
|
||
1999.
|
||
|
||
[SDN.701] SDN.701, "Message Security Protocol 4.0", Revision A,
|
||
1997-02-06.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 87]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
[X.501] ITU-T Recommendation X.501: Information Technology - Open
|
||
Systems Interconnection - The Directory: Models, 1993.
|
||
|
||
[X.509] ITU-T Recommendation X.509 (1997 E): Information
|
||
Technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The
|
||
Directory: Authentication Framework, June 1997.
|
||
|
||
[X.520] ITU-T Recommendation X.520: Information Technology - Open
|
||
Systems Interconnection - The Directory: Selected
|
||
Attribute Types, 1993.
|
||
|
||
[X.660] ITU-T Recommendation X.660 Information Technology - ASN.1
|
||
encoding rules: Specification of Basic Encoding Rules
|
||
(BER), Canonical Encoding Rules (CER) and Distinguished
|
||
Encoding Rules (DER), 1997.
|
||
|
||
[X.690] ITU-T Recommendation X.690 Information Technology - Open
|
||
Systems Interconnection - Procedures for the operation of
|
||
OSI Registration Authorities: General procedures, 1992.
|
||
|
||
[X9.55] ANSI X9.55-1995, Public Key Cryptography For The
|
||
Financial Services Industry: Extensions To Public Key
|
||
Certificates And Certificate Revocation Lists, 8
|
||
December, 1995.
|
||
|
||
[PKIXALGS] Bassham, L., Polk, W. and R. Housley, "Algorithms and
|
||
Identifiers for the Internet X.509 Public Key
|
||
Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate Revocation
|
||
Lists (CRL) Profile", RFC 3279, April 2002.
|
||
|
||
[PKIXTSA] Adams, C., Cain, P., Pinkas, D. and R. Zuccherato,
|
||
"Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Time-Stamp
|
||
Protocol (TSP)", RFC 3161, August 2001.
|
||
|
||
8 Intellectual Property Rights
|
||
|
||
The IETF has been notified of intellectual property rights claimed in
|
||
regard to some or all of the specification contained in this
|
||
document. For more information consult the online list of claimed
|
||
rights (see http://www.ietf.org/ipr.html).
|
||
|
||
The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
|
||
intellectual property or other rights that might be claimed to
|
||
pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
|
||
this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
|
||
might or might not be available; neither does it represent that it
|
||
has made any effort to identify any such rights. Information on the
|
||
IETF's procedures with respect to rights in standards-track and
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 88]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
standards-related documentation can be found in BCP 11. Copies of
|
||
claims of rights made available for publication and any assurances of
|
||
licenses to be made available, or the result of an attempt made to
|
||
obtain a general license or permission for the use of such
|
||
proprietary rights by implementors or users of this specification can
|
||
be obtained from the IETF Secretariat.
|
||
|
||
9 Security Considerations
|
||
|
||
The majority of this specification is devoted to the format and
|
||
content of certificates and CRLs. Since certificates and CRLs are
|
||
digitally signed, no additional integrity service is necessary.
|
||
Neither certificates nor CRLs need be kept secret, and unrestricted
|
||
and anonymous access to certificates and CRLs has no security
|
||
implications.
|
||
|
||
However, security factors outside the scope of this specification
|
||
will affect the assurance provided to certificate users. This
|
||
section highlights critical issues to be considered by implementers,
|
||
administrators, and users.
|
||
|
||
The procedures performed by CAs and RAs to validate the binding of
|
||
the subject's identity to their public key greatly affect the
|
||
assurance that ought to be placed in the certificate. Relying
|
||
parties might wish to review the CA's certificate practice statement.
|
||
This is particularly important when issuing certificates to other
|
||
CAs.
|
||
|
||
The use of a single key pair for both signature and other purposes is
|
||
strongly discouraged. Use of separate key pairs for signature and
|
||
key management provides several benefits to the users. The
|
||
ramifications associated with loss or disclosure of a signature key
|
||
are different from loss or disclosure of a key management key. Using
|
||
separate key pairs permits a balanced and flexible response.
|
||
Similarly, different validity periods or key lengths for each key
|
||
pair may be appropriate in some application environments.
|
||
Unfortunately, some legacy applications (e.g., SSL) use a single key
|
||
pair for signature and key management.
|
||
|
||
The protection afforded private keys is a critical security factor.
|
||
On a small scale, failure of users to protect their private keys will
|
||
permit an attacker to masquerade as them, or decrypt their personal
|
||
information. On a larger scale, compromise of a CA's private signing
|
||
key may have a catastrophic effect. If an attacker obtains the
|
||
private key unnoticed, the attacker may issue bogus certificates and
|
||
CRLs. Existence of bogus certificates and CRLs will undermine
|
||
confidence in the system. If such a compromise is detected, all
|
||
certificates issued to the compromised CA MUST be revoked, preventing
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 89]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
services between its users and users of other CAs. Rebuilding after
|
||
such a compromise will be problematic, so CAs are advised to
|
||
implement a combination of strong technical measures (e.g., tamper-
|
||
resistant cryptographic modules) and appropriate management
|
||
procedures (e.g., separation of duties) to avoid such an incident.
|
||
|
||
Loss of a CA's private signing key may also be problematic. The CA
|
||
would not be able to produce CRLs or perform normal key rollover.
|
||
CAs SHOULD maintain secure backup for signing keys. The security of
|
||
the key backup procedures is a critical factor in avoiding key
|
||
compromise.
|
||
|
||
The availability and freshness of revocation information affects the
|
||
degree of assurance that ought to be placed in a certificate. While
|
||
certificates expire naturally, events may occur during its natural
|
||
lifetime which negate the binding between the subject and public key.
|
||
If revocation information is untimely or unavailable, the assurance
|
||
associated with the binding is clearly reduced. Relying parties
|
||
might not be able to process every critical extension that can appear
|
||
in a CRL. CAs SHOULD take extra care when making revocation
|
||
information available only through CRLs that contain critical
|
||
extensions, particularly if support for those extensions is not
|
||
mandated by this profile. For example, if revocation information is
|
||
supplied using a combination of delta CRLs and full CRLs, and the
|
||
delta CRLs are issued more frequently than the full CRLs, then
|
||
relying parties that cannot handle the critical extensions related to
|
||
delta CRL processing will not be able to obtain the most recent
|
||
revocation information. Alternatively, if a full CRL is issued
|
||
whenever a delta CRL is issued, then timely revocation information
|
||
will be available to all relying parties. Similarly, implementations
|
||
of the certification path validation mechanism described in section 6
|
||
that omit revocation checking provide less assurance than those that
|
||
support it.
|
||
|
||
The certification path validation algorithm depends on the certain
|
||
knowledge of the public keys (and other information) about one or
|
||
more trusted CAs. The decision to trust a CA is an important
|
||
decision as it ultimately determines the trust afforded a
|
||
certificate. The authenticated distribution of trusted CA public
|
||
keys (usually in the form of a "self-signed" certificate) is a
|
||
security critical out-of-band process that is beyond the scope of
|
||
this specification.
|
||
|
||
In addition, where a key compromise or CA failure occurs for a
|
||
trusted CA, the user will need to modify the information provided to
|
||
the path validation routine. Selection of too many trusted CAs makes
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 90]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
the trusted CA information difficult to maintain. On the other hand,
|
||
selection of only one trusted CA could limit users to a closed
|
||
community of users.
|
||
|
||
The quality of implementations that process certificates also affects
|
||
the degree of assurance provided. The path validation algorithm
|
||
described in section 6 relies upon the integrity of the trusted CA
|
||
information, and especially the integrity of the public keys
|
||
associated with the trusted CAs. By substituting public keys for
|
||
which an attacker has the private key, an attacker could trick the
|
||
user into accepting false certificates.
|
||
|
||
The binding between a key and certificate subject cannot be stronger
|
||
than the cryptographic module implementation and algorithms used to
|
||
generate the signature. Short key lengths or weak hash algorithms
|
||
will limit the utility of a certificate. CAs are encouraged to note
|
||
advances in cryptology so they can employ strong cryptographic
|
||
techniques. In addition, CAs SHOULD decline to issue certificates to
|
||
CAs or end entities that generate weak signatures.
|
||
|
||
Inconsistent application of name comparison rules can result in
|
||
acceptance of invalid X.509 certification paths, or rejection of
|
||
valid ones. The X.500 series of specifications defines rules for
|
||
comparing distinguished names that require comparison of strings
|
||
without regard to case, character set, multi-character white space
|
||
substring, or leading and trailing white space. This specification
|
||
relaxes these requirements, requiring support for binary comparison
|
||
at a minimum.
|
||
|
||
CAs MUST encode the distinguished name in the subject field of a CA
|
||
certificate identically to the distinguished name in the issuer field
|
||
in certificates issued by that CA. If CAs use different encodings,
|
||
implementations might fail to recognize name chains for paths that
|
||
include this certificate. As a consequence, valid paths could be
|
||
rejected.
|
||
|
||
In addition, name constraints for distinguished names MUST be stated
|
||
identically to the encoding used in the subject field or
|
||
subjectAltName extension. If not, then name constraints stated as
|
||
excludedSubTrees will not match and invalid paths will be accepted
|
||
and name constraints expressed as permittedSubtrees will not match
|
||
and valid paths will be rejected. To avoid acceptance of invalid
|
||
paths, CAs SHOULD state name constraints for distinguished names as
|
||
permittedSubtrees wherever possible.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 91]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Appendix A. Psuedo-ASN.1 Structures and OIDs
|
||
|
||
This section describes data objects used by conforming PKI components
|
||
in an "ASN.1-like" syntax. This syntax is a hybrid of the 1988 and
|
||
1993 ASN.1 syntaxes. The 1988 ASN.1 syntax is augmented with 1993
|
||
UNIVERSAL Types UniversalString, BMPString and UTF8String.
|
||
|
||
The ASN.1 syntax does not permit the inclusion of type statements in
|
||
the ASN.1 module, and the 1993 ASN.1 standard does not permit use of
|
||
the new UNIVERSAL types in modules using the 1988 syntax. As a
|
||
result, this module does not conform to either version of the ASN.1
|
||
standard.
|
||
|
||
This appendix may be converted into 1988 ASN.1 by replacing the
|
||
definitions for the UNIVERSAL Types with the 1988 catch-all "ANY".
|
||
|
||
A.1 Explicitly Tagged Module, 1988 Syntax
|
||
|
||
PKIX1Explicit88 { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
|
||
security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) id-mod(0) id-pkix1-explicit(18) }
|
||
|
||
DEFINITIONS EXPLICIT TAGS ::=
|
||
|
||
BEGIN
|
||
|
||
-- EXPORTS ALL --
|
||
|
||
-- IMPORTS NONE --
|
||
|
||
-- UNIVERSAL Types defined in 1993 and 1998 ASN.1
|
||
-- and required by this specification
|
||
|
||
UniversalString ::= [UNIVERSAL 28] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING
|
||
-- UniversalString is defined in ASN.1:1993
|
||
|
||
BMPString ::= [UNIVERSAL 30] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING
|
||
-- BMPString is the subtype of UniversalString and models
|
||
-- the Basic Multilingual Plane of ISO/IEC/ITU 10646-1
|
||
|
||
UTF8String ::= [UNIVERSAL 12] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING
|
||
-- The content of this type conforms to RFC 2279.
|
||
|
||
-- PKIX specific OIDs
|
||
|
||
id-pkix OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{ iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
|
||
security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 92]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- PKIX arcs
|
||
|
||
id-pe OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 1 }
|
||
-- arc for private certificate extensions
|
||
id-qt OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 2 }
|
||
-- arc for policy qualifier types
|
||
id-kp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 3 }
|
||
-- arc for extended key purpose OIDS
|
||
id-ad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 48 }
|
||
-- arc for access descriptors
|
||
|
||
-- policyQualifierIds for Internet policy qualifiers
|
||
|
||
id-qt-cps OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-qt 1 }
|
||
-- OID for CPS qualifier
|
||
id-qt-unotice OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-qt 2 }
|
||
-- OID for user notice qualifier
|
||
|
||
-- access descriptor definitions
|
||
|
||
id-ad-ocsp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 1 }
|
||
id-ad-caIssuers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 2 }
|
||
id-ad-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 3 }
|
||
id-ad-caRepository OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 5 }
|
||
|
||
-- attribute data types
|
||
|
||
Attribute ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type AttributeType,
|
||
values SET OF AttributeValue }
|
||
-- at least one value is required
|
||
|
||
AttributeType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
AttributeValue ::= ANY
|
||
|
||
AttributeTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type AttributeType,
|
||
value AttributeValue }
|
||
|
||
-- suggested naming attributes: Definition of the following
|
||
-- information object set may be augmented to meet local
|
||
-- requirements. Note that deleting members of the set may
|
||
-- prevent interoperability with conforming implementations.
|
||
-- presented in pairs: the AttributeType followed by the
|
||
-- type definition for the corresponding AttributeValue
|
||
--Arc for standard naming attributes
|
||
id-at OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 4 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 93]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520name
|
||
|
||
id-at-name AttributeType ::= { id-at 41 }
|
||
id-at-surname AttributeType ::= { id-at 4 }
|
||
id-at-givenName AttributeType ::= { id-at 42 }
|
||
id-at-initials AttributeType ::= { id-at 43 }
|
||
id-at-generationQualifier AttributeType ::= { id-at 44 }
|
||
|
||
X520name ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-name)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-name)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..ub-name)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..ub-name)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..ub-name)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520CommonName
|
||
|
||
id-at-commonName AttributeType ::= { id-at 3 }
|
||
|
||
X520CommonName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-common-name)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-common-name)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..ub-common-name)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..ub-common-name)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..ub-common-name)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520LocalityName
|
||
|
||
id-at-localityName AttributeType ::= { id-at 7 }
|
||
|
||
X520LocalityName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-locality-name)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-locality-name)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..ub-locality-name)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..ub-locality-name)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..ub-locality-name)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520StateOrProvinceName
|
||
|
||
id-at-stateOrProvinceName AttributeType ::= { id-at 8 }
|
||
|
||
X520StateOrProvinceName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-state-name)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-state-name)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..ub-state-name)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..ub-state-name)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE(1..ub-state-name)) }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 94]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520OrganizationName
|
||
|
||
id-at-organizationName AttributeType ::= { id-at 10 }
|
||
|
||
X520OrganizationName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organization-name)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organization-name)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organization-name)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organization-name)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organization-name)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520OrganizationalUnitName
|
||
|
||
id-at-organizationalUnitName AttributeType ::= { id-at 11 }
|
||
|
||
X520OrganizationalUnitName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organizational-unit-name)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organizational-unit-name)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organizational-unit-name)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organizational-unit-name)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organizational-unit-name)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520Title
|
||
|
||
id-at-title AttributeType ::= { id-at 12 }
|
||
|
||
X520Title ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-title)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-title)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..ub-title)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..ub-title)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..ub-title)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520dnQualifier
|
||
|
||
id-at-dnQualifier AttributeType ::= { id-at 46 }
|
||
|
||
X520dnQualifier ::= PrintableString
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 95]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520countryName (digraph from IS 3166)
|
||
|
||
id-at-countryName AttributeType ::= { id-at 6 }
|
||
|
||
X520countryName ::= PrintableString (SIZE (2))
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520SerialNumber
|
||
|
||
id-at-serialNumber AttributeType ::= { id-at 5 }
|
||
|
||
X520SerialNumber ::= PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-serial-number))
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type X520Pseudonym
|
||
|
||
id-at-pseudonym AttributeType ::= { id-at 65 }
|
||
|
||
X520Pseudonym ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-pseudonym)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-pseudonym)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..ub-pseudonym)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..ub-pseudonym)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..ub-pseudonym)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Naming attributes of type DomainComponent (from RFC 2247)
|
||
|
||
id-domainComponent AttributeType ::=
|
||
{ 0 9 2342 19200300 100 1 25 }
|
||
|
||
DomainComponent ::= IA5String
|
||
|
||
-- Legacy attributes
|
||
|
||
pkcs-9 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{ iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 9 }
|
||
|
||
id-emailAddress AttributeType ::= { pkcs-9 1 }
|
||
|
||
EmailAddress ::= IA5String (SIZE (1..ub-emailaddress-length))
|
||
|
||
-- naming data types --
|
||
|
||
Name ::= CHOICE { -- only one possibility for now --
|
||
rdnSequence RDNSequence }
|
||
|
||
RDNSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF RelativeDistinguishedName
|
||
|
||
DistinguishedName ::= RDNSequence
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 96]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
RelativeDistinguishedName ::=
|
||
SET SIZE (1 .. MAX) OF AttributeTypeAndValue
|
||
|
||
-- Directory string type --
|
||
|
||
DirectoryString ::= CHOICE {
|
||
teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..MAX)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..MAX)) }
|
||
|
||
-- certificate and CRL specific structures begin here
|
||
|
||
Certificate ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tbsCertificate TBSCertificate,
|
||
signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
signature BIT STRING }
|
||
|
||
TBSCertificate ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
version [0] Version DEFAULT v1,
|
||
serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
|
||
signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
issuer Name,
|
||
validity Validity,
|
||
subject Name,
|
||
subjectPublicKeyInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
|
||
issuerUniqueID [1] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- If present, version MUST be v2 or v3
|
||
subjectUniqueID [2] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- If present, version MUST be v2 or v3
|
||
extensions [3] Extensions OPTIONAL
|
||
-- If present, version MUST be v3 -- }
|
||
|
||
Version ::= INTEGER { v1(0), v2(1), v3(2) }
|
||
|
||
CertificateSerialNumber ::= INTEGER
|
||
|
||
Validity ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
notBefore Time,
|
||
notAfter Time }
|
||
|
||
Time ::= CHOICE {
|
||
utcTime UTCTime,
|
||
generalTime GeneralizedTime }
|
||
|
||
UniqueIdentifier ::= BIT STRING
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 97]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
SubjectPublicKeyInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
algorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
subjectPublicKey BIT STRING }
|
||
|
||
Extensions ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Extension
|
||
|
||
Extension ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
extnID OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
critical BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
extnValue OCTET STRING }
|
||
|
||
-- CRL structures
|
||
|
||
CertificateList ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tbsCertList TBSCertList,
|
||
signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
signature BIT STRING }
|
||
|
||
TBSCertList ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
version Version OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- if present, MUST be v2
|
||
signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
|
||
issuer Name,
|
||
thisUpdate Time,
|
||
nextUpdate Time OPTIONAL,
|
||
revokedCertificates SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
|
||
userCertificate CertificateSerialNumber,
|
||
revocationDate Time,
|
||
crlEntryExtensions Extensions OPTIONAL
|
||
-- if present, MUST be v2
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
crlExtensions [0] Extensions OPTIONAL }
|
||
-- if present, MUST be v2
|
||
|
||
-- Version, Time, CertificateSerialNumber, and Extensions were
|
||
-- defined earlier for use in the certificate structure
|
||
|
||
AlgorithmIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
algorithm OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
parameters ANY DEFINED BY algorithm OPTIONAL }
|
||
-- contains a value of the type
|
||
-- registered for use with the
|
||
-- algorithm object identifier value
|
||
|
||
-- X.400 address syntax starts here
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 98]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
ORAddress ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
built-in-standard-attributes BuiltInStandardAttributes,
|
||
built-in-domain-defined-attributes
|
||
BuiltInDomainDefinedAttributes OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- see also teletex-domain-defined-attributes
|
||
extension-attributes ExtensionAttributes OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
-- Built-in Standard Attributes
|
||
|
||
BuiltInStandardAttributes ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
country-name CountryName OPTIONAL,
|
||
administration-domain-name AdministrationDomainName OPTIONAL,
|
||
network-address [0] IMPLICIT NetworkAddress OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- see also extended-network-address
|
||
terminal-identifier [1] IMPLICIT TerminalIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
private-domain-name [2] PrivateDomainName OPTIONAL,
|
||
organization-name [3] IMPLICIT OrganizationName OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- see also teletex-organization-name
|
||
numeric-user-identifier [4] IMPLICIT NumericUserIdentifier
|
||
OPTIONAL,
|
||
personal-name [5] IMPLICIT PersonalName OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- see also teletex-personal-name
|
||
organizational-unit-names [6] IMPLICIT OrganizationalUnitNames
|
||
OPTIONAL }
|
||
-- see also teletex-organizational-unit-names
|
||
|
||
CountryName ::= [APPLICATION 1] CHOICE {
|
||
x121-dcc-code NumericString
|
||
(SIZE (ub-country-name-numeric-length)),
|
||
iso-3166-alpha2-code PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (ub-country-name-alpha-length)) }
|
||
|
||
AdministrationDomainName ::= [APPLICATION 2] CHOICE {
|
||
numeric NumericString (SIZE (0..ub-domain-name-length)),
|
||
printable PrintableString (SIZE (0..ub-domain-name-length)) }
|
||
|
||
NetworkAddress ::= X121Address -- see also extended-network-address
|
||
|
||
X121Address ::= NumericString (SIZE (1..ub-x121-address-length))
|
||
|
||
TerminalIdentifier ::= PrintableString (SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-terminal-id-length))
|
||
|
||
PrivateDomainName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
numeric NumericString (SIZE (1..ub-domain-name-length)),
|
||
printable PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-domain-name-length)) }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 99]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
OrganizationName ::= PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organization-name-length))
|
||
-- see also teletex-organization-name
|
||
|
||
NumericUserIdentifier ::= NumericString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-numeric-user-id-length))
|
||
|
||
PersonalName ::= SET {
|
||
surname [0] IMPLICIT PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-surname-length)),
|
||
given-name [1] IMPLICIT PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-given-name-length)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
initials [2] IMPLICIT PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-initials-length)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
generation-qualifier [3] IMPLICIT PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-generation-qualifier-length))
|
||
OPTIONAL }
|
||
-- see also teletex-personal-name
|
||
|
||
OrganizationalUnitNames ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..ub-organizational-units)
|
||
OF OrganizationalUnitName
|
||
-- see also teletex-organizational-unit-names
|
||
|
||
OrganizationalUnitName ::= PrintableString (SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-organizational-unit-name-length))
|
||
|
||
-- Built-in Domain-defined Attributes
|
||
|
||
BuiltInDomainDefinedAttributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-domain-defined-attributes) OF
|
||
BuiltInDomainDefinedAttribute
|
||
|
||
BuiltInDomainDefinedAttribute ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type PrintableString (SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-domain-defined-attribute-type-length)),
|
||
value PrintableString (SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-domain-defined-attribute-value-length)) }
|
||
|
||
-- Extension Attributes
|
||
|
||
ExtensionAttributes ::= SET SIZE (1..ub-extension-attributes) OF
|
||
ExtensionAttribute
|
||
|
||
ExtensionAttribute ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
extension-attribute-type [0] IMPLICIT INTEGER
|
||
(0..ub-extension-attributes),
|
||
extension-attribute-value [1]
|
||
ANY DEFINED BY extension-attribute-type }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 100]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Extension types and attribute values
|
||
|
||
common-name INTEGER ::= 1
|
||
|
||
CommonName ::= PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-common-name-length))
|
||
|
||
teletex-common-name INTEGER ::= 2
|
||
|
||
TeletexCommonName ::= TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-common-name-length))
|
||
|
||
teletex-organization-name INTEGER ::= 3
|
||
|
||
TeletexOrganizationName ::=
|
||
TeletexString (SIZE (1..ub-organization-name-length))
|
||
|
||
teletex-personal-name INTEGER ::= 4
|
||
|
||
TeletexPersonalName ::= SET {
|
||
surname [0] IMPLICIT TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-surname-length)),
|
||
given-name [1] IMPLICIT TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-given-name-length)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
initials [2] IMPLICIT TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-initials-length)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
generation-qualifier [3] IMPLICIT TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-generation-qualifier-length))
|
||
OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
teletex-organizational-unit-names INTEGER ::= 5
|
||
|
||
TeletexOrganizationalUnitNames ::= SEQUENCE SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-organizational-units) OF TeletexOrganizationalUnitName
|
||
|
||
TeletexOrganizationalUnitName ::= TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-organizational-unit-name-length))
|
||
|
||
pds-name INTEGER ::= 7
|
||
|
||
PDSName ::= PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-pds-name-length))
|
||
|
||
physical-delivery-country-name INTEGER ::= 8
|
||
|
||
PhysicalDeliveryCountryName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
x121-dcc-code NumericString (SIZE
|
||
(ub-country-name-numeric-length)),
|
||
iso-3166-alpha2-code PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE (ub-country-name-alpha-length)) }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 101]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
postal-code INTEGER ::= 9
|
||
|
||
PostalCode ::= CHOICE {
|
||
numeric-code NumericString (SIZE (1..ub-postal-code-length)),
|
||
printable-code PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-postal-code-length)) }
|
||
|
||
physical-delivery-office-name INTEGER ::= 10
|
||
|
||
PhysicalDeliveryOfficeName ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
physical-delivery-office-number INTEGER ::= 11
|
||
|
||
PhysicalDeliveryOfficeNumber ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
extension-OR-address-components INTEGER ::= 12
|
||
|
||
ExtensionORAddressComponents ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
physical-delivery-personal-name INTEGER ::= 13
|
||
|
||
PhysicalDeliveryPersonalName ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
physical-delivery-organization-name INTEGER ::= 14
|
||
|
||
PhysicalDeliveryOrganizationName ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
extension-physical-delivery-address-components INTEGER ::= 15
|
||
|
||
ExtensionPhysicalDeliveryAddressComponents ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
unformatted-postal-address INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
|
||
UnformattedPostalAddress ::= SET {
|
||
printable-address SEQUENCE SIZE (1..ub-pds-physical-address-lines)
|
||
OF PrintableString (SIZE (1..ub-pds-parameter-length))
|
||
OPTIONAL,
|
||
teletex-string TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-unformatted-address-length)) OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
street-address INTEGER ::= 17
|
||
|
||
StreetAddress ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
post-office-box-address INTEGER ::= 18
|
||
|
||
PostOfficeBoxAddress ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
poste-restante-address INTEGER ::= 19
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 102]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
PosteRestanteAddress ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
unique-postal-name INTEGER ::= 20
|
||
|
||
UniquePostalName ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
local-postal-attributes INTEGER ::= 21
|
||
|
||
LocalPostalAttributes ::= PDSParameter
|
||
|
||
PDSParameter ::= SET {
|
||
printable-string PrintableString
|
||
(SIZE(1..ub-pds-parameter-length)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
teletex-string TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE(1..ub-pds-parameter-length)) OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
extended-network-address INTEGER ::= 22
|
||
|
||
ExtendedNetworkAddress ::= CHOICE {
|
||
e163-4-address SEQUENCE {
|
||
number [0] IMPLICIT NumericString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-e163-4-number-length)),
|
||
sub-address [1] IMPLICIT NumericString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-e163-4-sub-address-length))
|
||
OPTIONAL },
|
||
psap-address [0] IMPLICIT PresentationAddress }
|
||
|
||
PresentationAddress ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pSelector [0] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
sSelector [1] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
tSelector [2] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nAddresses [3] EXPLICIT SET SIZE (1..MAX) OF OCTET STRING }
|
||
|
||
terminal-type INTEGER ::= 23
|
||
|
||
TerminalType ::= INTEGER {
|
||
telex (3),
|
||
teletex (4),
|
||
g3-facsimile (5),
|
||
g4-facsimile (6),
|
||
ia5-terminal (7),
|
||
videotex (8) } (0..ub-integer-options)
|
||
|
||
-- Extension Domain-defined Attributes
|
||
|
||
teletex-domain-defined-attributes INTEGER ::= 6
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 103]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
TeletexDomainDefinedAttributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE
|
||
(1..ub-domain-defined-attributes) OF TeletexDomainDefinedAttribute
|
||
|
||
TeletexDomainDefinedAttribute ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-domain-defined-attribute-type-length)),
|
||
value TeletexString
|
||
(SIZE (1..ub-domain-defined-attribute-value-length)) }
|
||
|
||
-- specifications of Upper Bounds MUST be regarded as mandatory
|
||
-- from Annex B of ITU-T X.411 Reference Definition of MTS Parameter
|
||
-- Upper Bounds
|
||
|
||
-- Upper Bounds
|
||
ub-name INTEGER ::= 32768
|
||
ub-common-name INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-locality-name INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
ub-state-name INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
ub-organization-name INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-organizational-unit-name INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-title INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-serial-number INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-match INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
ub-emailaddress-length INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
ub-common-name-length INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-country-name-alpha-length INTEGER ::= 2
|
||
ub-country-name-numeric-length INTEGER ::= 3
|
||
ub-domain-defined-attributes INTEGER ::= 4
|
||
ub-domain-defined-attribute-type-length INTEGER ::= 8
|
||
ub-domain-defined-attribute-value-length INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
ub-domain-name-length INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
ub-extension-attributes INTEGER ::= 256
|
||
ub-e163-4-number-length INTEGER ::= 15
|
||
ub-e163-4-sub-address-length INTEGER ::= 40
|
||
ub-generation-qualifier-length INTEGER ::= 3
|
||
ub-given-name-length INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
ub-initials-length INTEGER ::= 5
|
||
ub-integer-options INTEGER ::= 256
|
||
ub-numeric-user-id-length INTEGER ::= 32
|
||
ub-organization-name-length INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
ub-organizational-unit-name-length INTEGER ::= 32
|
||
ub-organizational-units INTEGER ::= 4
|
||
ub-pds-name-length INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
ub-pds-parameter-length INTEGER ::= 30
|
||
ub-pds-physical-address-lines INTEGER ::= 6
|
||
ub-postal-code-length INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
ub-pseudonym INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
ub-surname-length INTEGER ::= 40
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 104]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
ub-terminal-id-length INTEGER ::= 24
|
||
ub-unformatted-address-length INTEGER ::= 180
|
||
ub-x121-address-length INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
|
||
-- Note - upper bounds on string types, such as TeletexString, are
|
||
-- measured in characters. Excepting PrintableString or IA5String, a
|
||
-- significantly greater number of octets will be required to hold
|
||
-- such a value. As a minimum, 16 octets, or twice the specified
|
||
-- upper bound, whichever is the larger, should be allowed for
|
||
-- TeletexString. For UTF8String or UniversalString at least four
|
||
-- times the upper bound should be allowed.
|
||
|
||
END
|
||
|
||
A.2 Implicitly Tagged Module, 1988 Syntax
|
||
|
||
PKIX1Implicit88 { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
|
||
security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) id-mod(0) id-pkix1-implicit(19) }
|
||
|
||
DEFINITIONS IMPLICIT TAGS ::=
|
||
|
||
BEGIN
|
||
|
||
-- EXPORTS ALL --
|
||
|
||
IMPORTS
|
||
id-pe, id-kp, id-qt-unotice, id-qt-cps,
|
||
-- delete following line if "new" types are supported --
|
||
BMPString, UTF8String, -- end "new" types --
|
||
ORAddress, Name, RelativeDistinguishedName,
|
||
CertificateSerialNumber, Attribute, DirectoryString
|
||
FROM PKIX1Explicit88 { iso(1) identified-organization(3)
|
||
dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7)
|
||
id-mod(0) id-pkix1-explicit(18) };
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- ISO arc for standard certificate and CRL extensions
|
||
|
||
id-ce OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 29}
|
||
|
||
-- authority key identifier OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-authorityKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 35 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 105]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
AuthorityKeyIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
keyIdentifier [0] KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
|
||
authorityCertIssuer [1] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
|
||
authorityCertSerialNumber [2] CertificateSerialNumber OPTIONAL }
|
||
-- authorityCertIssuer and authorityCertSerialNumber MUST both
|
||
-- be present or both be absent
|
||
|
||
KeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
|
||
|
||
-- subject key identifier OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-subjectKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 14 }
|
||
|
||
SubjectKeyIdentifier ::= KeyIdentifier
|
||
|
||
-- key usage extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 15 }
|
||
|
||
KeyUsage ::= BIT STRING {
|
||
digitalSignature (0),
|
||
nonRepudiation (1),
|
||
keyEncipherment (2),
|
||
dataEncipherment (3),
|
||
keyAgreement (4),
|
||
keyCertSign (5),
|
||
cRLSign (6),
|
||
encipherOnly (7),
|
||
decipherOnly (8) }
|
||
|
||
-- private key usage period extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-privateKeyUsagePeriod OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 16 }
|
||
|
||
PrivateKeyUsagePeriod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
notBefore [0] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
|
||
notAfter [1] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL }
|
||
-- either notBefore or notAfter MUST be present
|
||
|
||
-- certificate policies extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-certificatePolicies OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 32 }
|
||
|
||
anyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-certificatePolicies 0 }
|
||
|
||
CertificatePolicies ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF PolicyInformation
|
||
|
||
PolicyInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 106]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
policyIdentifier CertPolicyId,
|
||
policyQualifiers SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
|
||
PolicyQualifierInfo OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
CertPolicyId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
PolicyQualifierInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
policyQualifierId PolicyQualifierId,
|
||
qualifier ANY DEFINED BY policyQualifierId }
|
||
|
||
-- Implementations that recognize additional policy qualifiers MUST
|
||
-- augment the following definition for PolicyQualifierId
|
||
|
||
PolicyQualifierId ::=
|
||
OBJECT IDENTIFIER ( id-qt-cps | id-qt-unotice )
|
||
|
||
-- CPS pointer qualifier
|
||
|
||
CPSuri ::= IA5String
|
||
|
||
-- user notice qualifier
|
||
|
||
UserNotice ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
noticeRef NoticeReference OPTIONAL,
|
||
explicitText DisplayText OPTIONAL}
|
||
|
||
NoticeReference ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
organization DisplayText,
|
||
noticeNumbers SEQUENCE OF INTEGER }
|
||
|
||
DisplayText ::= CHOICE {
|
||
ia5String IA5String (SIZE (1..200)),
|
||
visibleString VisibleString (SIZE (1..200)),
|
||
bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..200)),
|
||
utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..200)) }
|
||
|
||
-- policy mapping extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-policyMappings OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 33 }
|
||
|
||
PolicyMappings ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF SEQUENCE {
|
||
issuerDomainPolicy CertPolicyId,
|
||
subjectDomainPolicy CertPolicyId }
|
||
|
||
-- subject alternative name extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-subjectAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 17 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 107]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
SubjectAltName ::= GeneralNames
|
||
|
||
GeneralNames ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF GeneralName
|
||
|
||
GeneralName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
otherName [0] AnotherName,
|
||
rfc822Name [1] IA5String,
|
||
dNSName [2] IA5String,
|
||
x400Address [3] ORAddress,
|
||
directoryName [4] Name,
|
||
ediPartyName [5] EDIPartyName,
|
||
uniformResourceIdentifier [6] IA5String,
|
||
iPAddress [7] OCTET STRING,
|
||
registeredID [8] OBJECT IDENTIFIER }
|
||
|
||
-- AnotherName replaces OTHER-NAME ::= TYPE-IDENTIFIER, as
|
||
-- TYPE-IDENTIFIER is not supported in the '88 ASN.1 syntax
|
||
|
||
AnotherName ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
type-id OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
value [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY type-id }
|
||
|
||
EDIPartyName ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
nameAssigner [0] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
|
||
partyName [1] DirectoryString }
|
||
|
||
-- issuer alternative name extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-issuerAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 18 }
|
||
|
||
IssuerAltName ::= GeneralNames
|
||
|
||
id-ce-subjectDirectoryAttributes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 9 }
|
||
|
||
SubjectDirectoryAttributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
|
||
|
||
-- basic constraints extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-basicConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 19 }
|
||
|
||
BasicConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
cA BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
pathLenConstraint INTEGER (0..MAX) OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
-- name constraints extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-nameConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 30 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 108]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
NameConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
permittedSubtrees [0] GeneralSubtrees OPTIONAL,
|
||
excludedSubtrees [1] GeneralSubtrees OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
GeneralSubtrees ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF GeneralSubtree
|
||
|
||
GeneralSubtree ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
base GeneralName,
|
||
minimum [0] BaseDistance DEFAULT 0,
|
||
maximum [1] BaseDistance OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
BaseDistance ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
-- policy constraints extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-policyConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 36 }
|
||
|
||
PolicyConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
requireExplicitPolicy [0] SkipCerts OPTIONAL,
|
||
inhibitPolicyMapping [1] SkipCerts OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
SkipCerts ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
-- CRL distribution points extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-cRLDistributionPoints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-ce 31}
|
||
|
||
CRLDistributionPoints ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF DistributionPoint
|
||
|
||
DistributionPoint ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
distributionPoint [0] DistributionPointName OPTIONAL,
|
||
reasons [1] ReasonFlags OPTIONAL,
|
||
cRLIssuer [2] GeneralNames OPTIONAL }
|
||
|
||
DistributionPointName ::= CHOICE {
|
||
fullName [0] GeneralNames,
|
||
nameRelativeToCRLIssuer [1] RelativeDistinguishedName }
|
||
|
||
ReasonFlags ::= BIT STRING {
|
||
unused (0),
|
||
keyCompromise (1),
|
||
cACompromise (2),
|
||
affiliationChanged (3),
|
||
superseded (4),
|
||
cessationOfOperation (5),
|
||
certificateHold (6),
|
||
privilegeWithdrawn (7),
|
||
aACompromise (8) }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 109]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- extended key usage extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-extKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-ce 37}
|
||
|
||
ExtKeyUsageSyntax ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF KeyPurposeId
|
||
|
||
|
||
KeyPurposeId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
-- permit unspecified key uses
|
||
|
||
anyExtendedKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-extKeyUsage 0 }
|
||
|
||
-- extended key purpose OIDs
|
||
|
||
id-kp-serverAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 1 }
|
||
id-kp-clientAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 2 }
|
||
id-kp-codeSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 3 }
|
||
id-kp-emailProtection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 4 }
|
||
id-kp-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 8 }
|
||
id-kp-OCSPSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 9 }
|
||
|
||
-- inhibit any policy OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-inhibitAnyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 54 }
|
||
|
||
InhibitAnyPolicy ::= SkipCerts
|
||
|
||
-- freshest (delta)CRL extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-freshestCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 46 }
|
||
|
||
FreshestCRL ::= CRLDistributionPoints
|
||
|
||
-- authority info access
|
||
|
||
id-pe-authorityInfoAccess OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pe 1 }
|
||
|
||
AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax ::=
|
||
SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF AccessDescription
|
||
|
||
AccessDescription ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
accessMethod OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
|
||
accessLocation GeneralName }
|
||
|
||
-- subject info access
|
||
|
||
id-pe-subjectInfoAccess OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pe 11 }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 110]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
SubjectInfoAccessSyntax ::=
|
||
SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF AccessDescription
|
||
|
||
-- CRL number extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-cRLNumber OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 20 }
|
||
|
||
CRLNumber ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
|
||
|
||
-- issuing distribution point extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-issuingDistributionPoint OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 28 }
|
||
|
||
IssuingDistributionPoint ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
distributionPoint [0] DistributionPointName OPTIONAL,
|
||
onlyContainsUserCerts [1] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
onlyContainsCACerts [2] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
onlySomeReasons [3] ReasonFlags OPTIONAL,
|
||
indirectCRL [4] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
|
||
onlyContainsAttributeCerts [5] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE }
|
||
|
||
id-ce-deltaCRLIndicator OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 27 }
|
||
|
||
BaseCRLNumber ::= CRLNumber
|
||
|
||
-- CRL reasons extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-cRLReasons OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 21 }
|
||
|
||
CRLReason ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
unspecified (0),
|
||
keyCompromise (1),
|
||
cACompromise (2),
|
||
affiliationChanged (3),
|
||
superseded (4),
|
||
cessationOfOperation (5),
|
||
certificateHold (6),
|
||
removeFromCRL (8),
|
||
privilegeWithdrawn (9),
|
||
aACompromise (10) }
|
||
|
||
-- certificate issuer CRL entry extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-certificateIssuer OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 29 }
|
||
|
||
CertificateIssuer ::= GeneralNames
|
||
|
||
-- hold instruction extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 111]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
id-ce-holdInstructionCode OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 23 }
|
||
|
||
HoldInstructionCode ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
-- ANSI x9 holdinstructions
|
||
|
||
-- ANSI x9 arc holdinstruction arc
|
||
|
||
holdInstruction OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{joint-iso-itu-t(2) member-body(2) us(840) x9cm(10040) 2}
|
||
|
||
-- ANSI X9 holdinstructions referenced by this standard
|
||
|
||
id-holdinstruction-none OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{holdInstruction 1} -- deprecated
|
||
|
||
id-holdinstruction-callissuer OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{holdInstruction 2}
|
||
|
||
id-holdinstruction-reject OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
|
||
{holdInstruction 3}
|
||
|
||
-- invalidity date CRL entry extension OID and syntax
|
||
|
||
id-ce-invalidityDate OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 24 }
|
||
|
||
InvalidityDate ::= GeneralizedTime
|
||
|
||
END
|
||
|
||
Appendix B. ASN.1 Notes
|
||
|
||
CAs MUST force the serialNumber to be a non-negative integer, that
|
||
is, the sign bit in the DER encoding of the INTEGER value MUST be
|
||
zero - this can be done by adding a leading (leftmost) `00'H octet if
|
||
necessary. This removes a potential ambiguity in mapping between a
|
||
string of octets and an integer value.
|
||
|
||
As noted in section 4.1.2.2, serial numbers can be expected to
|
||
contain long integers. Certificate users MUST be able to handle
|
||
serialNumber values up to 20 octets in length. Conformant CAs MUST
|
||
NOT use serialNumber values longer than 20 octets.
|
||
|
||
As noted in section 5.2.3, CRL numbers can be expected to contain
|
||
long integers. CRL validators MUST be able to handle cRLNumber
|
||
values up to 20 octets in length. Conformant CRL issuers MUST NOT
|
||
use cRLNumber values longer than 20 octets.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 112]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The construct "SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF" appears in several ASN.1
|
||
constructs. A valid ASN.1 sequence will have zero or more entries.
|
||
The SIZE (1..MAX) construct constrains the sequence to have at least
|
||
one entry. MAX indicates the upper bound is unspecified.
|
||
Implementations are free to choose an upper bound that suits their
|
||
environment.
|
||
|
||
The construct "positiveInt ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)" defines positiveInt
|
||
as a subtype of INTEGER containing integers greater than or equal to
|
||
zero. The upper bound is unspecified. Implementations are free to
|
||
select an upper bound that suits their environment.
|
||
|
||
The character string type PrintableString supports a very basic Latin
|
||
character set: the lower case letters 'a' through 'z', upper case
|
||
letters 'A' through 'Z', the digits '0' through '9', eleven special
|
||
characters ' = ( ) + , - . / : ? and space.
|
||
|
||
Implementers should note that the at sign ('@') and underscore ('_')
|
||
characters are not supported by the ASN.1 type PrintableString.
|
||
These characters often appear in internet addresses. Such addresses
|
||
MUST be encoded using an ASN.1 type that supports them. They are
|
||
usually encoded as IA5String in either the emailAddress attribute
|
||
within a distinguished name or the rfc822Name field of GeneralName.
|
||
Conforming implementations MUST NOT encode strings which include
|
||
either the at sign or underscore character as PrintableString.
|
||
|
||
The character string type TeletexString is a superset of
|
||
PrintableString. TeletexString supports a fairly standard (ASCII-
|
||
like) Latin character set, Latin characters with non-spacing accents
|
||
and Japanese characters.
|
||
|
||
Named bit lists are BIT STRINGs where the values have been assigned
|
||
names. This specification makes use of named bit lists in the
|
||
definitions for the key usage, CRL distribution points and freshest
|
||
CRL certificate extensions, as well as the freshest CRL and issuing
|
||
distribution point CRL extensions. When DER encoding a named bit
|
||
list, trailing zeroes MUST be omitted. That is, the encoded value
|
||
ends with the last named bit that is set to one.
|
||
|
||
The character string type UniversalString supports any of the
|
||
characters allowed by ISO 10646-1 [ISO 10646]. ISO 10646-1 is the
|
||
Universal multiple-octet coded Character Set (UCS). ISO 10646-1
|
||
specifies the architecture and the "basic multilingual plane" -- a
|
||
large standard character set which includes all major world character
|
||
standards.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 113]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
The character string type UTF8String was introduced in the 1997
|
||
version of ASN.1, and UTF8String was added to the list of choices for
|
||
DirectoryString in the 2001 version of X.520 [X.520]. UTF8String is
|
||
a universal type and has been assigned tag number 12. The content of
|
||
UTF8String was defined by RFC 2044 [RFC 2044] and updated in RFC 2279
|
||
[RFC 2279].
|
||
|
||
In anticipation of these changes, and in conformance with IETF Best
|
||
Practices codified in RFC 2277 [RFC 2277], IETF Policy on Character
|
||
Sets and Languages, this document includes UTF8String as a choice in
|
||
DirectoryString and the CPS qualifier extensions.
|
||
|
||
Implementers should note that the DER encoding of the SET OF values
|
||
requires ordering of the encodings of the values. In particular,
|
||
this issue arises with respect to distinguished names.
|
||
|
||
Implementers should note that the DER encoding of SET or SEQUENCE
|
||
components whose value is the DEFAULT omit the component from the
|
||
encoded certificate or CRL. For example, a BasicConstraints
|
||
extension whose cA value is FALSE would omit the cA boolean from the
|
||
encoded certificate.
|
||
|
||
Object Identifiers (OIDs) are used throughout this specification to
|
||
identify certificate policies, public key and signature algorithms,
|
||
certificate extensions, etc. There is no maximum size for OIDs.
|
||
This specification mandates support for OIDs which have arc elements
|
||
with values that are less than 2^28, that is, they MUST be between 0
|
||
and 268,435,455, inclusive. This allows each arc element to be
|
||
represented within a single 32 bit word. Implementations MUST also
|
||
support OIDs where the length of the dotted decimal (see [RFC 2252],
|
||
section 4.1) string representation can be up to 100 bytes
|
||
(inclusive). Implementations MUST be able to handle OIDs with up to
|
||
20 elements (inclusive). CAs SHOULD NOT issue certificates which
|
||
contain OIDs that exceed these requirements. Likewise, CRL issuers
|
||
SHOULD NOT issue CRLs which contain OIDs that exceed these
|
||
requirements.
|
||
|
||
Implementors are warned that the X.500 standards community has
|
||
developed a series of extensibility rules. These rules determine
|
||
when an ASN.1 definition can be changed without assigning a new
|
||
object identifier (OID). For example, at least two extension
|
||
definitions included in RFC 2459 [RFC 2459], the predecessor to this
|
||
profile document, have different ASN.1 definitions in this
|
||
specification, but the same OID is used. If unknown elements appear
|
||
within an extension, and the extension is not marked critical, those
|
||
unknown elements ought to be ignored, as follows:
|
||
|
||
(a) ignore all unknown bit name assignments within a bit string;
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 114]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(b) ignore all unknown named numbers in an ENUMERATED type or
|
||
INTEGER type that is being used in the enumerated style, provided
|
||
the number occurs as an optional element of a SET or SEQUENCE; and
|
||
|
||
(c) ignore all unknown elements in SETs, at the end of SEQUENCEs,
|
||
or in CHOICEs where the CHOICE is itself an optional element of a
|
||
SET or SEQUENCE.
|
||
|
||
If an extension containing unexpected values is marked critical, the
|
||
implementation MUST reject the certificate or CRL containing the
|
||
unrecognized extension.
|
||
|
||
Appendix C. Examples
|
||
|
||
This section contains four examples: three certificates and a CRL.
|
||
The first two certificates and the CRL comprise a minimal
|
||
certification path.
|
||
|
||
Section C.1 contains an annotated hex dump of a "self-signed"
|
||
certificate issued by a CA whose distinguished name is
|
||
cn=us,o=gov,ou=nist. The certificate contains a DSA public key with
|
||
parameters, and is signed by the corresponding DSA private key.
|
||
|
||
Section C.2 contains an annotated hex dump of an end entity
|
||
certificate. The end entity certificate contains a DSA public key,
|
||
and is signed by the private key corresponding to the "self-signed"
|
||
certificate in section C.1.
|
||
|
||
Section C.3 contains a dump of an end entity certificate which
|
||
contains an RSA public key and is signed with RSA and MD5. This
|
||
certificate is not part of the minimal certification path.
|
||
|
||
Section C.4 contains an annotated hex dump of a CRL. The CRL is
|
||
issued by the CA whose distinguished name is cn=us,o=gov,ou=nist and
|
||
the list of revoked certificates includes the end entity certificate
|
||
presented in C.2.
|
||
|
||
The certificates were processed using Peter Gutman's dumpasn1 utility
|
||
to generate the output. The source for the dumpasn1 utility is
|
||
available at <http://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/dumpasn1.c>. The
|
||
binaries for the certificates and CRLs are available at
|
||
<http://csrc.nist.gov/pki/pkixtools>.
|
||
|
||
C.1 Certificate
|
||
|
||
This section contains an annotated hex dump of a 699 byte version 3
|
||
certificate. The certificate contains the following information:
|
||
(a) the serial number is 23 (17 hex);
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 115]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(b) the certificate is signed with DSA and the SHA-1 hash algorithm;
|
||
(c) the issuer's distinguished name is OU=NIST; O=gov; C=US
|
||
(d) and the subject's distinguished name is OU=NIST; O=gov; C=US
|
||
(e) the certificate was issued on June 30, 1997 and will expire on
|
||
December 31, 1997;
|
||
(f) the certificate contains a 1024 bit DSA public key with
|
||
parameters;
|
||
(g) the certificate contains a subject key identifier extension
|
||
generated using method (1) of section 4.2.1.2; and
|
||
(h) the certificate is a CA certificate (as indicated through the
|
||
basic constraints extension.)
|
||
|
||
0 30 699: SEQUENCE {
|
||
4 30 635: SEQUENCE {
|
||
8 A0 3: [0] {
|
||
10 02 1: INTEGER 2
|
||
: }
|
||
13 02 1: INTEGER 17
|
||
16 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
18 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsaWithSha1 (1 2 840 10040 4 3)
|
||
: }
|
||
27 30 42: SEQUENCE {
|
||
29 31 11: SET {
|
||
31 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
33 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
38 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
42 31 12: SET {
|
||
44 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
46 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
51 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
56 31 13: SET {
|
||
58 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
60 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
65 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
71 30 30: SEQUENCE {
|
||
73 17 13: UTCTime '970630000000Z'
|
||
88 17 13: UTCTime '971231000000Z'
|
||
: }
|
||
103 30 42: SEQUENCE {
|
||
105 31 11: SET {
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 116]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
107 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
109 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
114 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
118 31 12: SET {
|
||
120 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
122 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
127 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
132 31 13: SET {
|
||
134 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
136 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
141 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
147 30 440: SEQUENCE {
|
||
151 30 300: SEQUENCE {
|
||
155 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsa (1 2 840 10040 4 1)
|
||
164 30 287: SEQUENCE {
|
||
168 02 129: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 B6 8B 0F 94 2B 9A CE A5 25 C6 F2 ED FC
|
||
: FB 95 32 AC 01 12 33 B9 E0 1C AD 90 9B BC
|
||
: 48 54 9E F3 94 77 3C 2C 71 35 55 E6 FE 4F
|
||
: 22 CB D5 D8 3E 89 93 33 4D FC BD 4F 41 64
|
||
: 3E A2 98 70 EC 31 B4 50 DE EB F1 98 28 0A
|
||
: C9 3E 44 B3 FD 22 97 96 83 D0 18 A3 E3 BD
|
||
: 35 5B FF EE A3 21 72 6A 7B 96 DA B9 3F 1E
|
||
: 5A 90 AF 24 D6 20 F0 0D 21 A7 D4 02 B9 1A
|
||
: FC AC 21 FB 9E 94 9E 4B 42 45 9E 6A B2 48
|
||
: 63 FE 43
|
||
300 02 21: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 B2 0D B0 B1 01 DF 0C 66 24 FC 13 92 BA
|
||
: 55 F7 7D 57 74 81 E5
|
||
323 02 129: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 9A BF 46 B1 F5 3F 44 3D C9 A5 65 FB 91
|
||
: C0 8E 47 F1 0A C3 01 47 C2 44 42 36 A9 92
|
||
: 81 DE 57 C5 E0 68 86 58 00 7B 1F F9 9B 77
|
||
: A1 C5 10 A5 80 91 78 51 51 3C F6 FC FC CC
|
||
: 46 C6 81 78 92 84 3D F4 93 3D 0C 38 7E 1A
|
||
: 5B 99 4E AB 14 64 F6 0C 21 22 4E 28 08 9C
|
||
: 92 B9 66 9F 40 E8 95 F6 D5 31 2A EF 39 A2
|
||
: 62 C7 B2 6D 9E 58 C4 3A A8 11 81 84 6D AF
|
||
: F8 B4 19 B4 C2 11 AE D0 22 3B AA 20 7F EE
|
||
: 1E 57 18
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 117]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
455 03 133: BIT STRING 0 unused bits, encapsulates {
|
||
459 02 129: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 B5 9E 1F 49 04 47 D1 DB F5 3A DD CA 04
|
||
: 75 E8 DD 75 F6 9B 8A B1 97 D6 59 69 82 D3
|
||
: 03 4D FD 3B 36 5F 4A F2 D1 4E C1 07 F5 D1
|
||
: 2A D3 78 77 63 56 EA 96 61 4D 42 0B 7A 1D
|
||
: FB AB 91 A4 CE DE EF 77 C8 E5 EF 20 AE A6
|
||
: 28 48 AF BE 69 C3 6A A5 30 F2 C2 B9 D9 82
|
||
: 2B 7D D9 C4 84 1F DE 0D E8 54 D7 1B 99 2E
|
||
: B3 D0 88 F6 D6 63 9B A7 E2 0E 82 D4 3B 8A
|
||
: 68 1B 06 56 31 59 0B 49 EB 99 A5 D5 81 41
|
||
: 7B C9 55
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
591 A3 50: [3] {
|
||
593 30 48: SEQUENCE {
|
||
595 30 29: SEQUENCE {
|
||
597 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: subjectKeyIdentifier (2 5 29 14)
|
||
602 04 22: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
604 04 20: OCTET STRING
|
||
: 86 CA A5 22 81 62 EF AD 0A 89 BC AD 72 41
|
||
: 2C 29 49 F4 86 56
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
626 30 15: SEQUENCE {
|
||
628 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER basicConstraints (2 5 29 19)
|
||
633 01 1: BOOLEAN TRUE
|
||
636 04 5: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
638 30 3: SEQUENCE {
|
||
640 01 1: BOOLEAN TRUE
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
643 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
645 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsaWithSha1 (1 2 840 10040 4 3)
|
||
: }
|
||
654 03 47: BIT STRING 0 unused bits, encapsulates {
|
||
657 30 44: SEQUENCE {
|
||
659 02 20: INTEGER
|
||
: 43 1B CF 29 25 45 C0 4E 52 E7 7D D6 FC B1
|
||
: 66 4C 83 CF 2D 77
|
||
681 02 20: INTEGER
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 118]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
: 0B 5B 9A 24 11 98 E8 F3 86 90 04 F6 08 A9
|
||
: E1 8D A5 CC 3A D4
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
|
||
C.2 Certificate
|
||
|
||
This section contains an annotated hex dump of a 730 byte version 3
|
||
certificate. The certificate contains the following information:
|
||
(a) the serial number is 18 (12 hex);
|
||
(b) the certificate is signed with DSA and the SHA-1 hash algorithm;
|
||
(c) the issuer's distinguished name is OU=nist; O=gov; C=US
|
||
(d) and the subject's distinguished name is CN=Tim Polk; OU=nist;
|
||
O=gov; C=US
|
||
(e) the certificate was valid from July 30, 1997 through December 1,
|
||
1997;
|
||
(f) the certificate contains a 1024 bit DSA public key;
|
||
(g) the certificate is an end entity certificate, as the basic
|
||
constraints extension is not present;
|
||
(h) the certificate contains an authority key identifier extension
|
||
matching the subject key identifier of the certificate in Appendix
|
||
C.1; and
|
||
(i) the certificate includes one alternative name - an RFC 822
|
||
address of "wpolk@nist.gov".
|
||
|
||
0 30 730: SEQUENCE {
|
||
4 30 665: SEQUENCE {
|
||
8 A0 3: [0] {
|
||
10 02 1: INTEGER 2
|
||
: }
|
||
13 02 1: INTEGER 18
|
||
16 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
18 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsaWithSha1 (1 2 840 10040 4 3)
|
||
: }
|
||
27 30 42: SEQUENCE {
|
||
29 31 11: SET {
|
||
31 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
33 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
38 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
42 31 12: SET {
|
||
44 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
46 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
51 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 119]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
56 31 13: SET {
|
||
58 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
60 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
65 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
71 30 30: SEQUENCE {
|
||
73 17 13: UTCTime '970730000000Z'
|
||
88 17 13: UTCTime '971201000000Z'
|
||
: }
|
||
103 30 61: SEQUENCE {
|
||
105 31 11: SET {
|
||
107 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
109 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
114 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
118 31 12: SET {
|
||
120 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
122 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
127 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
132 31 13: SET {
|
||
134 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
136 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
141 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
147 31 17: SET {
|
||
149 30 15: SEQUENCE {
|
||
151 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER commonName (2 5 4 3)
|
||
156 13 8: PrintableString 'Tim Polk'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
166 30 439: SEQUENCE {
|
||
170 30 300: SEQUENCE {
|
||
174 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsa (1 2 840 10040 4 1)
|
||
183 30 287: SEQUENCE {
|
||
187 02 129: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 B6 8B 0F 94 2B 9A CE A5 25 C6 F2 ED FC
|
||
: FB 95 32 AC 01 12 33 B9 E0 1C AD 90 9B BC
|
||
: 48 54 9E F3 94 77 3C 2C 71 35 55 E6 FE 4F
|
||
: 22 CB D5 D8 3E 89 93 33 4D FC BD 4F 41 64
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 120]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
: 3E A2 98 70 EC 31 B4 50 DE EB F1 98 28 0A
|
||
: C9 3E 44 B3 FD 22 97 96 83 D0 18 A3 E3 BD
|
||
: 35 5B FF EE A3 21 72 6A 7B 96 DA B9 3F 1E
|
||
: 5A 90 AF 24 D6 20 F0 0D 21 A7 D4 02 B9 1A
|
||
: FC AC 21 FB 9E 94 9E 4B 42 45 9E 6A B2 48
|
||
: 63 FE 43
|
||
319 02 21: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 B2 0D B0 B1 01 DF 0C 66 24 FC 13 92 BA
|
||
: 55 F7 7D 57 74 81 E5
|
||
342 02 129: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 9A BF 46 B1 F5 3F 44 3D C9 A5 65 FB 91
|
||
: C0 8E 47 F1 0A C3 01 47 C2 44 42 36 A9 92
|
||
: 81 DE 57 C5 E0 68 86 58 00 7B 1F F9 9B 77
|
||
: A1 C5 10 A5 80 91 78 51 51 3C F6 FC FC CC
|
||
: 46 C6 81 78 92 84 3D F4 93 3D 0C 38 7E 1A
|
||
: 5B 99 4E AB 14 64 F6 0C 21 22 4E 28 08 9C
|
||
: 92 B9 66 9F 40 E8 95 F6 D5 31 2A EF 39 A2
|
||
: 62 C7 B2 6D 9E 58 C4 3A A8 11 81 84 6D AF
|
||
: F8 B4 19 B4 C2 11 AE D0 22 3B AA 20 7F EE
|
||
: 1E 57 18
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
474 03 132: BIT STRING 0 unused bits, encapsulates {
|
||
478 02 128: INTEGER
|
||
: 30 B6 75 F7 7C 20 31 AE 38 BB 7E 0D 2B AB
|
||
: A0 9C 4B DF 20 D5 24 13 3C CD 98 E5 5F 6C
|
||
: B7 C1 BA 4A BA A9 95 80 53 F0 0D 72 DC 33
|
||
: 37 F4 01 0B F5 04 1F 9D 2E 1F 62 D8 84 3A
|
||
: 9B 25 09 5A 2D C8 46 8E 2B D4 F5 0D 3B C7
|
||
: 2D C6 6C B9 98 C1 25 3A 44 4E 8E CA 95 61
|
||
: 35 7C CE 15 31 5C 23 13 1E A2 05 D1 7A 24
|
||
: 1C CB D3 72 09 90 FF 9B 9D 28 C0 A1 0A EC
|
||
: 46 9F 0D B8 D0 DC D0 18 A6 2B 5E F9 8F B5
|
||
: 95 BE
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
609 A3 62: [3] {
|
||
611 30 60: SEQUENCE {
|
||
613 30 25: SEQUENCE {
|
||
615 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER subjectAltName (2 5 29 17)
|
||
620 04 18: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
622 30 16: SEQUENCE {
|
||
624 81 14: [1] 'wpolk@nist.gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
640 30 31: SEQUENCE {
|
||
642 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 121]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
: authorityKeyIdentifier (2 5 29 35)
|
||
647 04 24: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
649 30 22: SEQUENCE {
|
||
651 80 20: [0]
|
||
: 86 CA A5 22 81 62 EF AD 0A 89 BC AD 72
|
||
: 41 2C 29 49 F4 86 56
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
673 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
675 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsaWithSha1 (1 2 840 10040 4 3)
|
||
: }
|
||
684 03 48: BIT STRING 0 unused bits, encapsulates {
|
||
687 30 45: SEQUENCE {
|
||
689 02 20: INTEGER
|
||
: 36 97 CB E3 B4 2C E1 BB 61 A9 D3 CC 24 CC
|
||
: 22 92 9F F4 F5 87
|
||
711 02 21: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 AB C9 79 AF D2 16 1C A9 E3 68 A9 14 10
|
||
: B4 A0 2E FF 22 5A 73
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
|
||
C.3 End Entity Certificate Using RSA
|
||
|
||
This section contains an annotated hex dump of a 654 byte version 3
|
||
certificate. The certificate contains the following information:
|
||
(a) the serial number is 256;
|
||
(b) the certificate is signed with RSA and the SHA-1 hash algorithm;
|
||
(c) the issuer's distinguished name is OU=NIST; O=gov; C=US
|
||
(d) and the subject's distinguished name is CN=Tim Polk; OU=NIST;
|
||
O=gov; C=US
|
||
(e) the certificate was issued on May 21, 1996 at 09:58:26 and
|
||
expired on May 21, 1997 at 09:58:26;
|
||
(f) the certificate contains a 1024 bit RSA public key;
|
||
(g) the certificate is an end entity certificate (not a CA
|
||
certificate);
|
||
(h) the certificate includes an alternative subject name of
|
||
"<http://www.itl.nist.gov/div893/staff/polk/index.html>" and an
|
||
alternative issuer name of "<http://www.nist.gov/>" - both are URLs;
|
||
(i) the certificate include an authority key identifier extension
|
||
and a certificate policies extension specifying the policy OID
|
||
2.16.840.1.101.3.2.1.48.9; and
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 122]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
(j) the certificate includes a critical key usage extension
|
||
specifying that the public key is intended for verification of
|
||
digital signatures.
|
||
|
||
0 30 654: SEQUENCE {
|
||
4 30 503: SEQUENCE {
|
||
8 A0 3: [0] {
|
||
10 02 1: INTEGER 2
|
||
: }
|
||
13 02 2: INTEGER 256
|
||
17 30 13: SEQUENCE {
|
||
19 06 9: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: sha1withRSAEncryption (1 2 840 113549 1 1 5)
|
||
30 05 0: NULL
|
||
: }
|
||
32 30 42: SEQUENCE {
|
||
34 31 11: SET {
|
||
36 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
38 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
43 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
47 31 12: SET {
|
||
49 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
51 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
56 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
61 31 13: SET {
|
||
63 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
65 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
70 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
76 30 30: SEQUENCE {
|
||
78 17 13: UTCTime '960521095826Z'
|
||
93 17 13: UTCTime '970521095826Z'
|
||
: }
|
||
108 30 61: SEQUENCE {
|
||
110 31 11: SET {
|
||
112 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
114 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
119 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
123 31 12: SET {
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 123]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
125 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
127 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
132 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
137 31 13: SET {
|
||
139 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
141 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
146 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
152 31 17: SET {
|
||
154 30 15: SEQUENCE {
|
||
156 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER commonName (2 5 4 3)
|
||
161 13 8: PrintableString 'Tim Polk'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
171 30 159: SEQUENCE {
|
||
174 30 13: SEQUENCE {
|
||
176 06 9: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: rsaEncryption (1 2 840 113549 1 1 1)
|
||
187 05 0: NULL
|
||
: }
|
||
189 03 141: BIT STRING 0 unused bits, encapsulates {
|
||
193 30 137: SEQUENCE {
|
||
196 02 129: INTEGER
|
||
: 00 E1 6A E4 03 30 97 02 3C F4 10 F3 B5 1E
|
||
: 4D 7F 14 7B F6 F5 D0 78 E9 A4 8A F0 A3 75
|
||
: EC ED B6 56 96 7F 88 99 85 9A F2 3E 68 77
|
||
: 87 EB 9E D1 9F C0 B4 17 DC AB 89 23 A4 1D
|
||
: 7E 16 23 4C 4F A8 4D F5 31 B8 7C AA E3 1A
|
||
: 49 09 F4 4B 26 DB 27 67 30 82 12 01 4A E9
|
||
: 1A B6 C1 0C 53 8B 6C FC 2F 7A 43 EC 33 36
|
||
: 7E 32 B2 7B D5 AA CF 01 14 C6 12 EC 13 F2
|
||
: 2D 14 7A 8B 21 58 14 13 4C 46 A3 9A F2 16
|
||
: 95 FF 23
|
||
328 02 3: INTEGER 65537
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
333 A3 175: [3] {
|
||
336 30 172: SEQUENCE {
|
||
339 30 63: SEQUENCE {
|
||
341 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER subjectAltName (2 5 29 17)
|
||
346 04 56: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
348 30 54: SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 124]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
350 86 52: [6]
|
||
: 'http://www.itl.nist.gov/div893/staff/'
|
||
: 'polk/index.html'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
404 30 31: SEQUENCE {
|
||
406 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER issuerAltName (2 5 29 18)
|
||
411 04 24: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
413 30 22: SEQUENCE {
|
||
415 86 20: [6] 'http://www.nist.gov/'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
437 30 31: SEQUENCE {
|
||
439 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: authorityKeyIdentifier (2 5 29 35)
|
||
444 04 24: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
446 30 22: SEQUENCE {
|
||
448 80 20: [0]
|
||
: 08 68 AF 85 33 C8 39 4A 7A F8 82 93 8E
|
||
: 70 6A 4A 20 84 2C 32
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
470 30 23: SEQUENCE {
|
||
472 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: certificatePolicies (2 5 29 32)
|
||
477 04 16: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
479 30 14: SEQUENCE {
|
||
481 30 12: SEQUENCE {
|
||
483 06 10: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: '2 16 840 1 101 3 2 1 48 9'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
495 30 14: SEQUENCE {
|
||
497 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER keyUsage (2 5 29 15)
|
||
502 01 1: BOOLEAN TRUE
|
||
505 04 4: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
507 03 2: BIT STRING 7 unused bits
|
||
: '1'B (bit 0)
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 125]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
511 30 13: SEQUENCE {
|
||
513 06 9: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: sha1withRSAEncryption (1 2 840 113549 1 1 5)
|
||
524 05 0: NULL
|
||
: }
|
||
526 03 129: BIT STRING 0 unused bits
|
||
: 1E 07 77 6E 66 B5 B6 B8 57 F0 03 DC 6F 77
|
||
: 6D AF 55 1D 74 E5 CE 36 81 FC 4B C5 F4 47
|
||
: 82 C4 0A 25 AA 8D D6 7D 3A 89 AB 44 34 39
|
||
: F6 BD 61 1A 78 85 7A B8 1E 92 A2 22 2F CE
|
||
: 07 1A 08 8E F1 46 03 59 36 4A CB 60 E6 03
|
||
: 40 01 5B 2A 44 D6 E4 7F EB 43 5E 74 0A E6
|
||
: E4 F9 3E E1 44 BE 1F E7 5F 5B 2C 41 8D 08
|
||
: BD 26 FE 6A A6 C3 2F B2 3B 41 12 6B C1 06
|
||
: 8A B8 4C 91 59 EB 2F 38 20 2A 67 74 20 0B
|
||
: 77 F3
|
||
: }
|
||
|
||
C.4 Certificate Revocation List
|
||
|
||
This section contains an annotated hex dump of a version 2 CRL with
|
||
one extension (cRLNumber). The CRL was issued by OU=NIST; O=gov;
|
||
C=US on August 7, 1997; the next scheduled issuance was September 7,
|
||
1997. The CRL includes one revoked certificates: serial number 18
|
||
(12 hex), which was revoked on July 31, 1997 due to keyCompromise.
|
||
The CRL itself is number 18, and it was signed with DSA and SHA-1.
|
||
|
||
0 30 203: SEQUENCE {
|
||
3 30 140: SEQUENCE {
|
||
6 02 1: INTEGER 1
|
||
9 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
11 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsaWithSha1 (1 2 840 10040 4 3)
|
||
: }
|
||
20 30 42: SEQUENCE {
|
||
22 31 11: SET {
|
||
24 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
26 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER countryName (2 5 4 6)
|
||
31 13 2: PrintableString 'US'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
35 31 12: SET {
|
||
37 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
39 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER organizationName (2 5 4 10)
|
||
44 13 3: PrintableString 'gov'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
49 31 13: SET {
|
||
51 30 11: SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 126]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
53 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER
|
||
: organizationalUnitName (2 5 4 11)
|
||
58 13 4: PrintableString 'NIST'
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
64 17 13: UTCTime '970807000000Z'
|
||
79 17 13: UTCTime '970907000000Z'
|
||
94 30 34: SEQUENCE {
|
||
96 30 32: SEQUENCE {
|
||
98 02 1: INTEGER 18
|
||
101 17 13: UTCTime '970731000000Z'
|
||
116 30 12: SEQUENCE {
|
||
118 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
120 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER cRLReason (2 5 29 21)
|
||
125 04 3: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
127 0A 1: ENUMERATED 1
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
130 A0 14: [0] {
|
||
132 30 12: SEQUENCE {
|
||
134 30 10: SEQUENCE {
|
||
136 06 3: OBJECT IDENTIFIER cRLNumber (2 5 29 20)
|
||
141 04 3: OCTET STRING, encapsulates {
|
||
143 02 1: INTEGER 12
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
146 30 9: SEQUENCE {
|
||
148 06 7: OBJECT IDENTIFIER dsaWithSha1 (1 2 840 10040 4 3)
|
||
: }
|
||
157 03 47: BIT STRING 0 unused bits, encapsulates {
|
||
160 30 44: SEQUENCE {
|
||
162 02 20: INTEGER
|
||
: 22 4E 9F 43 BA 95 06 34 F2 BB 5E 65 DB A6
|
||
: 80 05 C0 3A 29 47
|
||
184 02 20: INTEGER
|
||
: 59 1A 57 C9 82 D7 02 21 14 C3 D4 0B 32 1B
|
||
: 96 16 B1 1F 46 5A
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
: }
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 127]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Author Addresses
|
||
|
||
Russell Housley
|
||
RSA Laboratories
|
||
918 Spring Knoll Drive
|
||
Herndon, VA 20170
|
||
USA
|
||
|
||
EMail: rhousley@rsasecurity.com
|
||
|
||
Warwick Ford
|
||
VeriSign, Inc.
|
||
401 Edgewater Place
|
||
Wakefield, MA 01880
|
||
USA
|
||
|
||
EMail: wford@verisign.com
|
||
|
||
Tim Polk
|
||
NIST
|
||
Building 820, Room 426
|
||
Gaithersburg, MD 20899
|
||
USA
|
||
|
||
EMail: wpolk@nist.gov
|
||
|
||
David Solo
|
||
Citigroup
|
||
909 Third Ave, 16th Floor
|
||
New York, NY 10043
|
||
USA
|
||
|
||
EMail: dsolo@alum.mit.edu
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 128]
|
||
|
||
RFC 3280 Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure April 2002
|
||
|
||
|
||
Full Copyright Statement
|
||
|
||
Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002). All Rights Reserved.
|
||
|
||
This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
|
||
others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
|
||
or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
|
||
and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
|
||
kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
|
||
included on all such copies and derivative works. However, this
|
||
document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
|
||
the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
|
||
Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
|
||
developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
|
||
copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
|
||
followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
|
||
English.
|
||
|
||
The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
|
||
revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
|
||
|
||
This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
|
||
"AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
|
||
TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
|
||
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
|
||
HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||
|
||
Acknowledgement
|
||
|
||
Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
|
||
Internet Society.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Housley, et. al. Standards Track [Page 129]
|
||
|